Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission File No. 001-33732
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.   
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
United States of America
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  26-1384892
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1410 St. Georges Avenue, Avenel, New Jersey
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  07001
Zip Code
 
(732) 499-7200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
         
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share     The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC  
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES  o      NO  þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  YES  o      NO  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES  þ      NO  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
     
Large accelerated filer  o
  Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  þ
  Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
   
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  YES  o      NO  þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to price at which the common equity was last sold on June 30, 2007 was $0.
 
As of March 1, 2008, there were outstanding 44,803,061 shares of the Registrant’s common stock.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant (Part III).
 


 

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
 
2007 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
      Business     1  
      Risk Factors     32  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     32  
      Properties     32  
      Legal Proceedings     32  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     32  
 
Part II.
      Market for Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     32  
      Selected Financial Data     35  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     37  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     54  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     54  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures     92  
      Controls and Procedures     92  
      Controls and Procedures     92  
      Other Information     92  
 
Part III.
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     92  
      Executive Compensation     92  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management Related and Related Stockholder Matters     93  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     93  
      Principal Accounting Fees and Services     93  
 
Part IV.
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     93  
    95  


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.    BUSINESS
 
Forward Looking Statements
 
This Annual Report contains certain “forward-looking statements,” which can be identified by the use of such words as estimate, project, believe, intend, anticipate, plan, seek, and similar expressions. These forward looking statements include:
 
  •  statements of our goals, intentions, and expectations;
 
  •  statements regarding our business plans and prospects and growth and operating strategies;
 
  •  statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
 
  •  estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
 
These forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks, assumptions, and uncertainties, including, among other things, the following important factors that could affect the actual outcome of future events:
 
  •  significantly increased competition among depository and other financial institutions;
 
  •  inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our interest margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;
 
  •  general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;
 
  •  adverse changes in the securities markets;
 
  •  legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business;
 
  •  our ability to enter new markets successfully and take advantage of growth opportunities, and the possible dilutive effect of potential acquisitions or de novo branches, if any;
 
  •  changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
 
  •  changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or other promulgating authorities;
 
  •  inability of third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; and
 
  •  changes in our organization, compensation, and benefit plans.
 
Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements.
 
Northfield Bancorp, MHC
 
Northfield Bancorp, MHC is a federally-chartered mutual holding company and currently owns 55.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Northfield Bancorp, MHC has not engaged in any significant business activity other than owning the common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., and does not intend to expand its business activities. So long as Northfield Bancorp, MHC exists, it is required to own a majority of the voting stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. The executive office of Northfield Bancorp, MHC is located at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York, and its telephone number is (718) 448-1000. Northfield Bancorp, MHC is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is a federal corporation that completed its initial public stock offering on November 7, 2007. Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s significant business activities have been holding the common stock of Northfield Bank (the “Bank”) and investing the proceeds from its initial public offering in short-term


1


Table of Contents

investments. Northfield Bancorp, Inc., as the holding company of Northfield Bank, is authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for subsidiaries of federally-chartered mutual holding companies, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. We have no plans for any mergers or acquisitions, or other diversification of our business activities at the present time.
 
Our cash flow depends on the cash proceeds we retained from our initial public stock offering and from dividends received from Northfield Bank. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. neither owns nor leases any property from outside parties, but instead uses the premises, equipment, and furniture of Northfield Bank. At the present time, we employ as officers only certain persons who are also officers of Northfield Bank and we use the support staff of Northfield Bank from time to time. These persons are not separately compensated by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.
 
Northfield Bank
 
Northfield Bank was organized in 1887 and is currently a federally chartered savings bank. Northfield Bank conducts business from its main office located at 1731 Victory Boulevard, Staten Island, New York and its 17 additional branch offices located in New York and New Jersey. The branch offices are located in the New York counties of Richmond (Staten Island) and Kings (Brooklyn) and the New Jersey counties of Union and Middlesex. The telephone number at Northfield Bank’s main office is (718) 448-1000.
 
Northfield Bank’s principal business consists of originating commercial real estate loans, purchasing investment securities including mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds, as well as depositing funds in other financial institutions. Northfield Bank also offers construction and land loans, multifamily residential real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and home equity loans and lines of credit. Northfield Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts, including certificates of deposit, passbook and money market savings accounts, transaction deposit accounts (NOW accounts and non-interest bearing demand accounts), and individual retirement accounts. Deposits are Northfield Bank’s primary source of funds for its lending and investing activities. Northfield Bank also uses borrowed funds as a source of funds, principally from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. In addition to traditional banking services, Northfield Bank offers insurance products through NSB Insurance Agency, Inc. Northfield Bank owns 100% of NSB Services Corp., which, in turn, owns 100% of the voting common stock of a real estate investment trust, NSB Realty Trust, which holds mortgage loans and other investments.
 
Available Information
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is a public company, and files interim, quarterly, and annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These respective reports are on file and a matter of public record with the Securities and Exchange Commission and may be read and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC ( http://www.sec.gov ).
 
Our website address is www.eNorthfield.com . Information on our website should not be considered a part of this annual report.
 
Market Area and Competition
 
We have been in business for over 120 years, offering a variety of financial products and services to meet the needs of the communities we serve. Our retail banking network consists of multiple delivery channels including full-service banking offices, automated teller machines, and telephone and internet banking capabilities. We consider our retail banking network, our reputation for superior customer service, and financial


2


Table of Contents

strength, as well as our competitive products and pricing, as our major strengths in attracting and retaining customers in our market areas.
 
We face intense competition in our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks, and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds, and insurance companies. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, such as trust services and private banking.
 
Our deposit sources are primarily concentrated in the communities surrounding our banking offices in Richmond County, New York, Union and Middlesex Counties in New Jersey, and our newest office in Kings County, New York. As of June 30, 2007 (the latest date for which information is publicly available), we ranked fifth in deposit market share, with an 8.67% market share, in the Staten Island market area. In Middlesex and Union Counties in New Jersey, as of June 30, 2007, we ranked 30th, on a combined basis, with a 0.43% market share.
 
Lending Activities
 
Our principal lending activity is the origination of commercial real estate loans. We also originate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, construction and land loans, commercial and industrial loans, multifamily loans, and home equity loans and lines of credit.
 
Loan Portfolio Composition.   The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated, excluding loans held for sale of $270,000, $125,000, $0, $99,000, and $1.5 million at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.
 
                                                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Real estate loans:
                                                                               
Commercial
  $ 243,902       57.50 %   $ 207,680       50.75 %   $ 165,657       42.72 %   $ 125,033       38.98 %   $ 81,497       28.84 %
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    95,246       22.45       107,572       26.29       127,477       32.87       131,358       40.95       154,702       54.75  
Construction and land
    44,850       10.57       52,124       12.74       52,890       13.64       27,898       8.70       6,129       2.17  
Multifamily
    14,164       3.34       13,276       3.24       14,105       3.64       12,506       3.90       17,267       6.11  
Home equity and line of credit
    12,797       3.02       13,922       3.40       16,105       4.15       17,027       5.31       18,485       6.54  
Commercial and industrial loans
    11,397       2.69       11,022       2.70       8,068       2.08       2,864       0.89       511       0.18  
Other loans
    1,842       0.43       3,597       0.88       3,510       0.90       4,058       1.27       3,972       1.41  
                                                                                 
Total loans
    424,198       100.00 %     409,193       100.00 %     387,812       100.00 %     320,744       100.00 %     282,563       100.00 %
                                                                                 
Other items:
                                                                               
Deferred loan costs (fees), net
    131               (4 )             (345 )             (53 )             22          
Allowance for loan losses
    (5,636 )             (5,030 )             (4,795 )             (3,166 )             (2,755 )        
                                                                                 
Net loans held-for-investment
  $ 418,693             $ 404,159             $ 382,672             $ 317,525             $ 279,830          
                                                                                 


3


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities.   The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2007. Demand loans (loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity) and overdraft loans are reported as being due in the year ending December 31, 2008. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the effect of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.
 
                                                                 
    Commercial Real
  One- to Four-Family
  Construction and
   
    Estate Loans   Residential Mortgage Loans   Land Loans   Multifamily Loans
        Weighted
      Weighted
      Weighted
      Weighted
    Amount   Average Rate   Amount   Average Rate   Amount   Average Rate   Amount   Average Rate
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Due during the years ending December 31,
                                                               
2008
  $ 5,244       7.90 %   $ 702       5.92 %   $ 30,658       8.49 %   $ 518       7.90 %
2009
    8,962       6.89       1,231       8.28       11,162       8.74             6.89  
2010
    1,810       7.44       372       5.33                         7.44  
2011 to 2012
    8,128       7.04       2,409       5.78                   1,327       7.04  
2013 to 2017
    10,092       7.06       14,581       5.80       565       6.23       881       7.06  
2018 to 2022
    21,673       6.75       25,224       5.22                   4,898       6.75  
2023 and beyond
    187,993       6.75       50,727       5.87       2,465       5.96       6,540       6.75  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 243,902       6.81 %   $ 95,246       5.71 %   $ 44,850       8.38 %   $ 14,164       6.81 %
                                                                 
 
                                                                 
    Home Equity Loans
  Commercial and
       
    and Lines of Credit   Industrial Loans   Other Loans   Total
        Weighted
      Weighted
      Weighted
      Weighted
    Amount   Average Rate   Amount   Average Rate   Amount   Average Rate   Amount   Average Rate
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Due during the years ending December 31,
                                                               
2008
  $ 289       7.25 %   $ 3,784       8.50 %   $ 1,719       4.01 %   $ 42,914       8.19 %
2009
    54       8.42       967       7.32       2       10.25       22,378       7.91  
2010
    513       7.80       1,175       8.06       35       7.07       3,905       7.48  
2011 to 2012
    1,691       6.96       2,253       7.19       20       5.89       15,828       6.86  
2013 to 2017
    2,858       6.65                   66       6.39       29,043       6.37  
2018 to 2022
    2,969       6.48       3,218       7.28                   57,982       6.13  
2023 and beyond
    4,423       7.61                               252,148       6.58  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 12,797       7.05 %   $ 11,397       7.79 %   $ 1,842       4.18 %   $ 424,198       6.75 %
                                                                 


4


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2007, that are contractually due after December 31, 2008.
 
                         
    Due After December 31, 2008  
    Fixed Rate     Adjustable Rate     Total  
          (In thousands)        
 
Real estate loans:
                       
Commercial
  $ 28,863     $ 209,795     $ 238,658  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    55,517       39,027       94,544  
Construction and land
    3,325       10,867       14,192  
Multifamily
    2,259       11,387       13,646  
Home equity and line of credit
    6,370       6,138       12,508  
Commercial and industrial loans
    2,448       5,165       7,613  
Other loans
    111       12       123  
                         
Total loans
  $ 98,893     $ 282,391     $ 381,284  
                         
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans.   Our principal lending activity is the origination of commercial real estate loans. These loans totaled $243.9 million, or 57.50% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2007. The commercial real estate properties include hotels, office buildings, and owner-occupied businesses. We occasionally enter into commercial real estate loan participations. We seek to originate commercial real estate loans with initial principal balances between $2.0 million and $3.0 million. At December 31, 2007, our commercial real estate loan portfolio consisted of 299 loans with an average loan balance of approximately $816,000, although there are a large number of loans with balances substantially greater than this average. Substantially all of our commercial real estate loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area.
 
Our commercial real estate loans typically amortize over 20- to 25-years with interest rates that adjust after an initial five- or 10-year period, and every five years thereafter. Margins generally range from 275 basis points to 350 basis points above the average yield on United States Treasury securities, adjusted to a constant maturity of one year, as published weekly by the Federal Reserve Board. We also originate, to a lesser extent, 10- to 15-year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans.
 
In the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, we lend up to the lesser of 75% of the property’s appraised value or purchase price. We base our decision to lend primarily on the economic viability of the property and the creditworthiness of the borrower. In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, we emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 120%), computed after deduction for a vacancy factor, where applicable, and property expenses we deem appropriate. Personal guarantees are usually obtained from commercial real estate borrowers. We require title insurance, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property. Although a significant portion of our commercial real estate loans are referred by brokers, we underwrite all commercial real estate loans in accordance with our underwriting guidelines.
 
Our largest concentration of commercial real estate loans are secured by hotel and motel properties. At December 31, 2007, hotel and motel loans totaled $22.3 million, or 9.13% of our commercial real estate loans.
 
Commercial real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Commercial real estate loans, however, entail greater credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally,


5


Table of Contents

any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate than for residential properties.
 
At December 31, 2007, our largest commercial real estate loan had a principal balance of $7.3 million, and was secured by a hotel. At December 31, 2007, this loan was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms.
 
Construction and Land Loans.   We also originate loans to experienced developers for the purchase of developed lots and raw land and for the development of land and the construction of single-family residences and commercial properties. Construction loans are also made to individuals for the construction of their personal residences. At December 31, 2007, construction loans totaled $44.9 million, or 10.57% of total loans receivable. At December 31, 2007, the additional unadvanced portion of these construction loans totaled $13.6 million.
 
We grant construction loans to developers, often in conjunction with land and development loans. Advances on construction loans are made in accordance with a schedule reflecting the cost of construction, but are generally limited to a 70% loan-to-completed-appraised-value ratio. Repayment of construction loans on residential properties is normally expected from the sale of units to individual purchasers. In the case of income-producing property, repayment is usually expected from permanent financing upon completion of construction. We typically offer the permanent mortgage financing on our construction loans on income-producing property.
 
Construction and land loans help finance the purchase of land intended for further development, including single-family homes, multifamily housing, and commercial property. In some cases, we may make an acquisition loan before the borrower has received approval to develop the land as planned. In general, the maximum loan-to-value ratio for a land acquisition loan is 50% of the appraised value of the property, and the maximum term of these loans is two years. If the maturity of the loan exceeds two years, the loan must be an amortizing loan.
 
Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser approved by the board of directors. We review and inspect properties before disbursement of funds during the term of a construction loan.
 
Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction costs is inaccurate, we may decide to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. In the event we make a land acquisition loan on property that is not yet approved for the planned development, there is the risk that approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.
 
At December 31, 2007, our largest construction and land loan had a principal balance of $3.4 million. At December 31, 2007, this loan was on non-accrual status.
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans.   We make various types of secured and unsecured commercial and industrial loans to customers in our market area for the purpose of working capital and other general business purposes. The terms of these loans generally range from less than one year to a maximum of 15 years. The loans are either negotiated on a fixed-rate basis or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to a market rate index. At December 31, 2007, we had 57 commercial and industrial loans outstanding with an aggregate balance of $11.4 million, or 2.69% of the total loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2007, the average commercial and industrial loan balance was approximately $200,000, although we originate commercial and industrial loans with balances substantially greater and smaller than this average.


6


Table of Contents

Commercial credit decisions are based on our credit assessment of the applicant. We evaluate the applicant’s ability to repay in accordance with the proposed terms of the loan and assess the risks involved. Personal guarantees of the principals are typically obtained. In addition to evaluating the loan applicant’s financial statements, we consider the adequacy of the primary and secondary sources of repayment for the loan. Credit agency reports of the applicant’s personal credit history supplement our analysis of the applicant’s creditworthiness. We also check with other banks and conduct trade investigations. Collateral supporting a secured transaction also is analyzed to determine its marketability. Commercial and industrial loans generally have higher interest rates than residential loans of like maturity because they have a higher risk of default since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of any collateral.
 
At December 31, 2007, our largest commercial and industrial loan had a principal balance of $1.1 million and was performing in accordance with its terms.
 
Multifamily Real Estate Loans.   Real estate loans secured by multifamily and mixed use properties totaled approximately $14.2 million, or 3.34% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, we had 38 multifamily real estate mortgage loans with an average loan balance of approximately $373,000. The majority of these loans have adjustable interest rates.
 
In underwriting multifamily real estate loans, we consider a number of factors, including the projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 115%), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower, and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. Multifamily real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Although it is not required by our policy, we seek to obtain personal guarantees from multifamily real estate mortgage borrowers.
 
Loans secured by multifamily real estate loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multifamily real estate mortgages typically depends on the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.
 
At December 31, 2007, our largest multifamily loan had a principal balance of $1.2 million and was performing in accordance with its original contractual terms.
 
One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Real Estate Loans.   At December 31, 2007, $95.2 million, or 22.45% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans. We have not aggressively pursued originations of this type of loan in recent years. We offer conforming and non-conforming, fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage real estate loans with maturities of up to 40 years and maximum loan amounts generally up to $750,000. Generally, fixed rate loans with maturities greater than 10 years we sell in the secondary market.
 
One- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans are generally underwritten according to Freddie Mac guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, which was $417,000 as of December 31, 2007 for single-family homes. We also originate loans above the lending limit for conforming loans, which are referred to as “jumbo loans.” We originate fixed-rate jumbo loans with terms up to 15 years and adjustable-rate jumbo loans with an initial fixed-rate period of 10 years. We generally underwrite jumbo loans in a manner similar to conforming loans. These loans are generally eligible for sale to various firms that specialize in purchasing non-conforming loans. Jumbo loans are common in our market area.
 
We will originate loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%, up to and including a loan-to-value ratio of 95%. We require private mortgage insurance for all loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80%. Generally, we will retain in our portfolio loans with loan-to-value ratios up to and including 90%, and sell


7


Table of Contents

loans with loan-to-value ratios that exceed 90%. As of December 31, 2007, we had $1.8 million of loans in our loan portfolio with current loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80% of the original appraised value. We currently retain the servicing rights on loans sold which generates fee income. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we received servicing fees of $187,000. As of December 31, 2007, the principal balance of loans serviced for others totaled $80.1 million.
 
We do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties, where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan. We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on their loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios).
 
Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit.   In addition to traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans, we offer home equity loans and home equity lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary residence. Historically, we have not focused on originating these types of loans; we have recently hired an experienced loan officer in an effort to increase our origination of these loans. Home equity lines of credit have a maximum term of 20 years, during which time the borrower is required to make principal payments based on a 20-year amortization, and are variable rate loans. The borrower is permitted to draw against the line during the entire term. Our home equity loans are originated with fixed or adjustable rates of interest. Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten with the same criteria that we use to underwrite fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing mortgage loan. We appraise the property securing the loan at the time of the loan application to determine the value of the property. At the time we close a home equity loan or line of credit, we record a mortgage to perfect our security interest in the underlying collateral. At December 31, 2007, the outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credits totaled $12.8 million, or 3.02% of our total loan portfolio, including the outstanding balance of home equity lines of credit of $7.9 million, or 1.87% of our total loan portfolio.
 
Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations and Servicing.   Lending activities are conducted in our New Jersey, Brooklyn, and Staten Island branch office locations. All loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. Freddie Mac underwriting standards are utilized for loans we originate to sell in the secondary market. We may, based on proper approvals, make exceptions to our policy and procedures. We originate both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans. Our ability to originate fixed- or adjustable-rate loans is dependent on the relative customer demand for such loans, which is affected by various factors including current market interest rates as well as anticipated future market interest rates. Our loan origination and sales activity may be adversely affected by a rising interest rate environment that typically results in decreased loan demand. A significant portion of our commercial real estate loans and multifamily real estate loans are generated by referrals from loan brokers, accountants, and other professional contacts. Most of our one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans are generated through referrals from branch personnel. We also advertise throughout our market area.
 
We generally retain in our portfolio all adjustable-rate loans we originate, as well as shorter-term, fixed-rate residential loans (terms of 10 years or less). Loans we sell consist primarily of conforming, longer-term, fixed-rate residential loans. We sold $6.2 million of residential mortgage loans (all fixed-rate loans, with terms of 15 years or longer) during the year ended December 31, 2007, and had $270,000 of loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2007.
 
We sell our loans without recourse, except for standard representations and warranties provided in secondary market transactions. Currently, we retain the servicing rights on residential mortgage loans we sell, and we intend to continue this practice in the future. At December 31, 2007, we were servicing loans owned by others with a principal balance of $84.4 million, consisting of $80.1 million of one- to four-family


8


Table of Contents

residential mortgage loans and $4.3 million of construction and land loans. Historically, the origination of loans held for sale and related servicing activity has not been material to our operations. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent borrowers, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. We retain a portion of the interest paid by the borrower on the loans we service as consideration for our servicing activities. We have entered into a limited number of loan participations in recent years.
 
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority.   Northfield Bank’s lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards established by Northfield Bank’s board of directors. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the property that will secure the loan, if any. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s employment and credit history, and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower.
 
Northfield Bank’s lending officers have individual lending authority that is approved by the Board of Directors. First Vice Presidents may approve aggregate lending relationships for loans up to $1.0 million secured by properly margined real estate, which includes loans for construction, land, or multifamily purposes, and $250 thousand for loans that are not secured by properly margined real estate which includes loans that are unsecured. Loans in excess of those thresholds require the concurrence of the Chief Lending Officer when the aggregate relationship is up to $2.5 million or $500 thousand, respectively and the concurrence of the Chief Executive Officer for those instances when the aggregation thresholds exceed those established for the Chief Lending Officer. All loans are reported to the board of directors in the month following the closing.
 
Northfield Bank also uses automated underwriting systems to assist in the underwriting of one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Applications for loan amounts in excess of the conforming loan limit may be approved, subject to an appraisal of the property securing the loan. We require appraisals by independent, licensed, third-party appraisers of all real property securing loans greater than $250,000. The board of directors approves all appraisers annually.
 
Non-Performing and Problem Assets
 
When a loan is 15 days delinquent, we generally send the borrower a late charge notice. When the loan is 30 days past due, we generally mail the borrower a letter reminding the borrower of the delinquency and, except for loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, we attempt personal, direct contact with the borrower to determine the reason for the delinquency, to ensure that the borrower correctly understands the terms of the loan, and to emphasize the importance of making payments on or before the due date. If necessary, additional late charge and delinquency notices are issued and the account will be monitored periodically. By the 90 th  day of delinquency, we will send the borrower a final demand for payment and refer the loan to legal counsel to commence foreclosure proceedings. Our loan officers can shorten these time frames in consultation with the Chief Lending Officer.
 
Generally, loans are placed on non-accrual status when payment of principal or interest is 90 days or greater delinquent unless the loan is considered well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans also are placed on non-accrual status at any time if collection of principal or interest in full is in doubt. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is reversed, and further income is recognized only to the extent received, if the principal balance is deemed fully collectible. The loan may be returned to accrual status if both principal and interest payments are brought current and factors indicating doubtful collection no longer exist, including performance by the borrower under the loan terms for a six-month period. Our Chief Lending Officer reports monitored loans, including all loans rated special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss, to the board of directors on a monthly basis.


9


Table of Contents

Non-Performing Assets.   The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. At December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003, we had troubled debt restructurings (generally loans for which a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven or loans modified at interest rates less than current market rates for loans with similar terms, conditions, and risk factors) of $1.3 million, $1.7 million, $885,000, $0, and $0, respectively.
 
                                         
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Non-accrual loans:
                                       
Real estate loans:
                                       
Commercial
  $ 4,792     $ 5,167     $ 124     $ 944     $ 1,699  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    231       234       290       545       773  
Construction and land
    3,436                          
Multifamily
                             
Home equity and line of credit
    104       36       62       352       418  
Commercial and industrial loans
    43       905       885             5  
Other loans
                      60        
                                         
Total non-accrual loans
    8,606       6,342       1,361       1,901       2,895  
                                         
Loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing:
                                       
Real estate loans:
                                       
Commercial
                            148  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
                698             147  
Construction and land
    753       275                    
Multifamily
                             
Home equity and line of credit
                      60       174  
Commercial and industrial loans
    475       498                    
Other loans
                      357       600  
                                         
Total loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing
    1,228       773       698       417       1,069  
                                         
Total non-performing loans
    9,834       7,115       2,059       2,318       3,964  
                                         
Real estate owned
                             
                                         
Total non-performing assets
  $ 9,834     $ 7,115     $ 2,059     $ 2,318     $ 3,964  
                                         
Ratios:
                                       
Non-performing loans to total loans
    2.32 %     1.74 %     0.53 %     0.72 %     1.40 %
Non-performing assets to total assets
    0.71       0.55       0.15       0.15       0.27  
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms was $890,000. No interest income was recognized on such non-accruing loans on a cash basis. The 2007 increase in non-accrual construction and land loans reflects one loan in the amount of $3.4 million at December 31, 2007, which was placed on non-accrual status during the second quarter of 2007.


10


Table of Contents

Delinquent Loans.   The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type and amount at the dates indicated.
 
                                                 
    Loans Delinquent for              
    60-89 Days     90 Days and Over(1)     Total  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
At December 31, 2007
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
        $       2     $ 3,990       2     $ 3,990  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
                2       231       2       231  
Construction and land
                2       4,189       2       4,189  
Multifamily
                                   
Home equity and line of credit
    2       121       2       104       4       225  
Commercial and industrial loans
                1       475       1       475  
Other loans
    1       12                   1       12  
                                                 
Total
    3     $ 133       9     $ 8,989       12     $ 9,122  
                                                 
At December 31, 2006
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
    3     $ 2,873       2     $ 2,294       5     $ 5,167  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
                2       234       2       234  
Construction and land
    2       562       2       275       4       837  
Multifamily
                                   
Home equity and line of credit
                1       36       1       36  
Commercial and industrial loans
                1       498       1       498  
Other loans
    1       3                   1       3  
                                                 
Total
    6     $ 3,438       8     $ 3,337       14     $ 6,775  
                                                 
At December 31, 2005
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
        $       1     $ 124       1     $ 124  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    2       71       3       988       5       1,059  
Construction and land
                                   
Multifamily
                                   
Home equity and line of credit
    1       6       2       56       3       62  
Commercial and industrial loans
                                   
Other loans
    4       63                   4       63  
                                                 
Total
    7     $ 140       6     $ 1,168       13     $ 1,308  
                                                 
At December 31, 2004
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
    3     $ 1,347           $       3     $ 1,347  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    3       228       5       545       8       773  
Construction and land
                                   
Multifamily
                                   
Home equity and line of credit
    1       225       6       187       7       412  
Commercial and industrial loans
                                   
Other loans
    3       9       50       417       53       426  
                                                 
Total
    10     $ 1,809       61     $ 1,149       71     $ 2,958  
                                                 
At December 31, 2003
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
    5     $ 1,349       7     $ 1,847       12     $ 3,196  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    4       728       8       920       12       1,648  
Home equity and line of credit
    1       5       9       592       10       597  
Construction and land
                                   
Multifamily
                                   
Commercial and industrial loans
                1       5       1       5  
Other loans
    18       517       60       600       78       1,117  
                                                 
Total
    28     $ 2,599       85     $ 3,964       113     $ 6,563  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Amounts included in nonperforming loans may not equal total loans delinquent 90 days or more as loans that are less than 90 days delinquent may be on a non-accrual status.


11


Table of Contents

 
Real Estate Owned.   Real estate acquired by us as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned. At the date property is acquired it is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair market value, establishing a new cost basis. Estimated fair value generally represents the sale price a buyer would be willing to pay on the basis of current market conditions, including normal terms from other financial institutions, less the estimated costs to sell the property. Holding costs and declines in estimated fair market value result in charges to expense after acquisition. At December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003, we had no real estate owned.
 
Classification of Assets.   Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those assets characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets (or portions of assets) classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are designated as special mention. As of December 31, 2007, we had $3.5 million of assets designated as special mention.
 
The allowance for loan losses is the amount estimated by management as necessary to absorb credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the balance sheet date. Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our loss allowances will be subject to review by our principal federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision, which can require that we adjust loss allowances. We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. On the basis of our review of our assets at December 31, 2007, classified assets consisted of substandard assets of $8.1 million and no doubtful or loss assets.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
We provide for loan losses based on the consistent application of our documented allowance for loan loss methodology. Loan losses are charged to the allowance for loans losses and recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges against income based on various factors which, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable losses. We regularly review the loan portfolio and make adjustments for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The allowance for loan losses consists primarily of two components:
 
(1) allowances are established for impaired loans (generally defined as non-accrual loans with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater). The amount of impairment provided for as an allowance is represented by the deficiency, if any, between the estimated fair value of the loan, or the underlying collateral less estimated costs to sell, if the loan is collateral dependent, and the carrying value of the loan. Impaired loans that have no impairment losses are not considered for general valuation allowances described below.
 
(2) General allowances are established for loan losses on a portfolio basis for loans that do not meet the definition of impaired. The portfolio is grouped into similar risk characteristics, primarily loan type, loan-to-value, if collateral dependent, and delinquency status. We apply an estimated loss rate to each loan group. The loss rates applied are based on our loss experience adjusted, as appropriate, for the environmental factors discussed below. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established, which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.


12


Table of Contents

The adjustments to our loss experience are based on our evaluation of several environmental factors, including:
 
  •  changes in local, regional, national, and international economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectibility of our portfolio, including the condition of various market segments;
 
  •  changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio and in the terms of our loans;
 
  •  changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;
 
  •  changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;
 
  •  changes in the quality of our loan review system;
 
  •  changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;
 
  •  the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and
 
  •  the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our existing portfolio.
 
We evaluate the allowance for loan losses based on the combined total of the impaired and general components. Generally when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, our allowance for loan loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the increase. Generally when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, our allowance for loan loss methodology results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the decrease.
 
Commercial real estate loans generally have greater credit risks than one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the related business and thus may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the general economy.
 
Construction and land loans generally have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans. The repayment of these loans depends on the sale of the property to third parties or the availability of permanent financing upon completion of all improvements. In the event we make a loan on property that is not yet approved for the planned development, there is the risk that approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. These events may adversely affect the borrower and the collateral value of the property. Construction and land loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.
 
Commercial loans involve a higher risk of default than one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans of like duration since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of collateral, if any.
 
Loans secured by multifamily real estate loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage real estate loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty in evaluating and monitoring these loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multifamily mortgages typically depends upon the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.
 
On a quarterly basis we evaluate the allowance for loan losses and adjust the allowance as appropriate through a provision or recovery for loan losses. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the


13


Table of Contents

information used in making the evaluations. In addition, as an integral part of their examination process, the Office of Thrift Supervision will periodically review the allowance for loan losses. The Office of Thrift Supervision may require us to adjust the allowance based on their analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the years indicated.
 
                                         
    At or for the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 5,030     $ 4,795     $ 3,166     $ 2,755     $ 2,758  
                                         
Charge-offs:
                                       
Commercial and industrial loans
    (814 )                        
Other loans
    (22 )                       (8 )
                                         
Total charge-offs
    (836 )                       (8 )
Recoveries:
                                       
Other loans
                      1       5  
                                         
Total recoveries
                      1       5  
Net (charge-offs) recoveries
    (836 )                 1       (3 )
Provision for loan losses
    1,442       235       1,629       410        
                                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 5,636     $ 5,030     $ 4,795     $ 3,166     $ 2,755  
                                         
Ratios:
                                       
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
    0.20 %     %     %     %     %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of year
    57.31       70.70       232.88       136.58       69.50  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year
    1.33       1.23       1.24       0.99       0.98  


14


Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses.   The following tables set forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the total loan balances by category, and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
 
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
 
          Loans in Each
          Loans in Each
          Loans in Each
 
    Allowance for
    Category to
    Allowance for
    Category to
    Allowance for
    Category to
 
    Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Real estate loans:
                                               
Commercial
  $ 3,456       57.50 %   $ 2,421       50.75 %   $ 1,624       42.72 %
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    60       22.45       189       26.29       319       32.87  
Construction and land
    1,461       10.57       1,303       12.74       1,848       13.64  
Multifamily
    99       3.34       113       3.24       71       3.64  
Home equity and line of credit
    38       3.02       46       3.40       81       4.15  
Commercial and industrial loans
    484       2.69       891       2.70       849       2.08  
Other loans
    38       0.43       25       0.88       3       0.90  
                                                 
Total allocated allowance
    5,636       100.00 %     4,988       100.00 %     4,795       100.00 %
                                                 
Unallocated
                  42                        
                                                 
Total
  $ 5,636             $ 5,030             $ 4,795          
                                                 
 
                                 
    At December 31,  
    2004     2003  
          Percent of
          Percent of
 
          Loans in Each
          Loans in Each
 
    Allowance for
    Category to
    Allowance for
    Category to
 
    Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Real estate loans:
                               
Commercial
  $ 1,681       38.98 %   $ 976       28.84 %
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    326       40.95       425       54.75  
Construction and land
    494       8.70       63       2.17  
Multifamily
    143       3.90       159       6.11  
Home equity and line of credit
    428       5.31       536       6.54  
Commercial and industrial loans
    65       0.89       38       0.18  
Other loans
    4       1.27       21       1.41  
                                 
Total allocated allowance
    3,141       100.00 %     2,218       100.00 %
                                 
Unallocated
    25               537          
                                 
Total
  $ 3,166             $ 2,755          
                                 
 
Investments
 
Our board of director’s asset liability management committee, consisting of four non-employee board members, has primary responsibility, among other things, for establishing and overseeing our investment policy,


15


Table of Contents

subject to oversight by our entire board of directors. The investment policy is reviewed at least annually by the board of director’s asset liability management committee, and any changes to the policy are subject to ratification by the full board of directors. This policy dictates that investment decisions give consideration to the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, the ability to provide collateral for pledging requirements, and consistency with our interest rate risk management strategy. Our Senior Vice President and Treasurer executes Northfield Bank’s securities portfolio transactions, within policy requirements, with the approval of either the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer. NSB Services Corp.’s and NSB Realty Trust’s Investment Officers execute securities portfolio transactions in accordance with investment policies that substantially mirror Northfield Bank’s investment policy. All purchase and sale transactions are formally reviewed by the board of directors at least quarterly.
 
Our current investment policy permits investments in mortgage-backed securities, including pass-through securities and real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”). The investment policy also permits, with certain limitations, investments in debt securities issued by the United States Government, agencies of the United States Government or United States Government-sponsored enterprises, asset-backed securities, money market funds, federal funds, investment grade corporate bonds, reverse repurchase agreements and certificates of deposit.
 
Our current investment policy does not permit investment in municipal bonds, preferred and common stock of U.S. Government sponsored enterprises or equity securities other than our required investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, short-term money market mutual funds, or as permitted for community reinvestment purposes. As of December 31, 2007, we held no asset-backed securities other than mortgage-backed securities. As a federal savings bank, Northfield Bank is not permitted to invest in equity securities. This restriction does not apply to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Our board of directors may make changes to these limitations in the future.
 
Our current investment policy does not permit hedging through the use of such instruments as financial futures, interest rate options, and swaps.
 
Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” requires that, at the time of purchase, we designate a security as either held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, based upon our ability and intent to hold such securities. Trading securities and securities available-for-sale are reported at estimated fair value, and securities held-to-maturity are reported at amortized cost. A periodic review and evaluation of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios is conducted to determine if the estimated fair value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such impairment is other-than-temporary. If such impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is charged against earnings. The estimated fair values of our securities are obtained from an independent nationally recognized pricing service (see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Critical Accounting Policies” for further discussion). At December 31, 2007 our investment portfolio primarily consisted of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises and to a lesser extent mutual funds, corporate securities and private label mortgaged-backed securities. The market for these securities primarily consists of other financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, and mutual funds.
 
Our available-for-sale securities portfolio at December 31, 2007, consisted of securities with the following amortized cost: $521.0 million of pass-through mortgage-backed securities, of which $491.8 million were issued by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises (GSE) and $29.2 million were issued by non-GSEs; $207.9 million of REMICs, of which $171.7 million were issued by GSEs and $36.1 million were issued by non-GSEs; and $79.6 million of other securities, consisting of corporate obligations and equity securities which primarily consisted of a money market fund. At December 31, 2007, approximately $87,000 of the underlying collateral of our non-GSE pass-through and REMIC securities were secured by sub-prime loans, the securities were rated triple A at December 31, 2007.
 
We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed primarily by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae and to a lesser extent securities issued by private companies (private label). We invest in


16


Table of Contents

mortgage-backed securities to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and to lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae.
 
Mortgage-backed securities are securities sold in the secondary market that are collateralized by pools of mortgages. Certain types of mortgage-backed securities are commonly referred to as “pass-through” certificates because the principal and interest of the underlying loans is “passed through” pro rata to investors, net of certain costs, including servicing and guarantee fees, in proportion to an investor’s ownership in the entire pool. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as us. The interest rate of the security is lower than the interest rates of the underlying loans to allow for payment of servicing and guaranty fees. Ginnie Mae, a United States Government agency, and government sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, may guarantee the payments or guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest to investors.
 
Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of servicing fees, payment guarantees, and credit enhancements. However, mortgage-backed securities are generally more liquid than individual mortgage loans. In addition, mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our specific liabilities and obligations. Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. We periodically review current prepayment speeds to determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause adjustment of amortization or accretion.
 
REMICs are a type of mortgage-backed security issued by special-purpose entities that aggregate pools of mortgages and mortgage-backed securities and creates different classes of securities with varying maturities and amortization schedules, as well as a residual interest, with each class possessing different risk characteristics. The cash flows from the underlying collateral are generally divided into “tranches” or classes that have descending priorities with respect to the distribution of principal and interest cash flows, while cash flows on pass-through mortgage-backed securities are distributed pro rata to all security holders.
 
The timely payment of principal and interest on these REMICs are generally supported (credit enhanced) in varying degrees by either insurance issued by a financial guarantee insurer, letters of credit, over collateralization, or subordination techniques. Substantially all of these securities are triple “A” rated by Standard & Poors or Moodys. Privately issued REMICs can be subject to certain credit-related risks normally not associated with United States Government agency and United States Government-sponsored enterprise REMICs. The loss protection generally provided by the various forms of credit enhancements is limited, and losses in excess of certain levels are not protected. Furthermore, the credit enhancement itself may be subject to the creditworthiness of the credit enhancer. Thus, in the event a credit enhancer does not fulfill its obligations, the REMIC holder could be subject to risk of loss similar to a purchaser of a whole loan pool. Management believes that the credit enhancements are adequate to protect us from material losses on our privately issued REMICs.
 
At December 31, 2007, our corporate bond portfolio consisted of $65.1 million of investment grade securities. Our investment policy provides that we may invest up to 15% of our tier-one risk-based capital in corporate bonds from individual issuers which, at the time of purchase, are within the three highest investment-grade ratings from Standard & Poors or Moodys. The maturity of these bonds may not exceed 10 years, and there is no aggregate limit for this security type. Corporate bonds from individual issuers with investment-grade ratings, at the time of purchase, below the top three ratings are limited to the lesser of 1% of our total assets or 15% of our tier-one risk-based capital and must have a maturity of less than one year. Aggregate holdings of this security type cannot exceed 5% of our total assets. Bonds that subsequently experience a decline in credit rating below investment grade are monitored at least monthly to determine whether we should continue to hold the bond. At December 31, 2007, we had no corporate bonds below investment grade.


17


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios (excluding Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock) at the dates indicated. As of December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, we had a trading portfolio with a market value of $3.6 million, $2.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively, consisting of mutual funds.
 
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Amortized
    Estimated
    Amortized
    Estimated
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Securities available-for-sale:
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Pass-through
                                               
Government sponsored enterprise (GSE)
  $ 491,758     $ 486,562     $ 552,683     $ 533,051     $ 678,085     $ 657,345  
Non-GSE
    29,200       28,867       33,853       33,215       41,092       40,291  
Real estate mortgage investment conduits
                                               
GSE
    171,709       171,207       98,601       95,439       328       325  
Non-GSE
    36,141       36,522                   132,959       129,161  
Corporate bonds
    65,146       65,247       44,390       44,345       34,393       33,696  
Equity investments(1)
    14,427       14,412       7,491       7,448       2,673       2,646  
                                                 
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 808,381     $ 802,817     $ 737,018     $ 713,498     $ 889,530     $ 863,464  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Consists of mutual funds.
 
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Amortized
    Estimated
    Amortized
    Estimated
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
                (In thousands)              
 
Securities held-to-maturity:
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Pass-through
                                               
GSE
  $ 9,202     $ 9,315     $ 12,734     $ 12,688     $ 16,683     $ 16,753  
Ginnie Mae
    4       5       5       6       11       12  
Real estate mortgage investment conduits
                                               
GSE
    10,480       10,120       13,430       12,825       18,147       17,320  
                                                 
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 19,686     $ 19,440     $ 26,169     $ 25,519     $ 34,841     $ 34,085  
                                                 


18


Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Yields.   The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2007, are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the effect of scheduled principal repayments, prepayments, or early redemptions that may occur. All of our securities at December 31, 2007, were taxable securities.
 
                                                                                         
          More than One Year
    More than Five Years
             
    One Year or Less     through Five Years     through Ten Years     More than Ten Years     Total  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
                Weighted
 
    Amortized
    Average
    Amortized
    Average
    Amortized
    Average
    Amortized
    Average
    Amortized
    Fair
    Average
 
    Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Value     Yield  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Securities available-for-sale:
                                                                                       
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                                       
Pass-through
                                                                                       
GSE
  $       %   $ 15,762       4.94 %   $ 317,737       4.36 %   $ 158,259       4.31 %   $ 491,758     $ 486,562       4.36 %
Non-GSE
          %           %           %     29,200       4.72 %     29,200       28,867       4.72 %
Real estate mortgage investment conduits
                                                                                       
GSE
          %     10,090       4.62 %     54,186       4.71 %     107,433       4.35 %     171,709       171,207       4.48 %
Non-GSE
          %           %           %     36,141       5.65 %     36,141       36,522       5.65 %
Equity investments
    14,427       4.35 %           %           %           %     14,427       14,412       4.35 %
Corporate bonds
    56,727       5.49 %           %     8,419       3.60 %           %     65,146       65,247       5.25 %
                                                                                         
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 71,154       5.26 %   $ 25,852       4.81 %   $ 380,342       4.39 %   $ 331,033       4.51 %   $ 808,381     $ 802,817       4.53 %
                                                                                         
Securities held-to-maturity:
                                                                                       
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                                       
Pass-through
                                                                                       
GSE
  $       %   $ 7,634       5.45 %   $       %   $ 1,568       5.69 %   $ 9,202     $ 9,315       5.49 %
Ginnie Mae
          %     4       6.75 %           %           %     4       5       6.75 %
Real estate mortgage investment conduits
          %           %           %           %                 %
GSE
          %           %           %     10,480       3.82 %     10,480       10,120       3.82 %
                                                                                         
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $       %   $ 7,638       5.45 %   $       %   $ 12,048       4.06 %   $ 19,686     $ 19,440       4.60 %
                                                                                         
 
Sources of Funds
 
General.   Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our investment and lending activities. We also borrow, primarily from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, to supplement cash flow needs, to lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk management purposes and to manage our cost of funds. Our additional sources of funds are the proceeds of loan sales, scheduled loan payments, maturing investments, loan prepayments, and retained income on other earning assets.
 
Deposits.   We accept deposits primarily from the areas in which our offices are located. We rely on our convenient locations, customer service, and competitive products and pricing to attract and retain deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of passbook and statement savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, NOW accounts, non-interest bearing checking accounts, and individual retirement accounts. We accept brokered deposits on a limited basis. At December 31, 2007, we had an immaterial amount of brokered deposits.
 
Interest rates offered are generally established weekly, maturity terms, service fees, and withdrawal penalties are reviewed on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market interest rates, liquidity requirements, and our deposit growth goals.
 
At December 31, 2007, we had a total of $402.6 million in certificates of deposit, of which $378.1 million had remaining maturities of one year or less. Based on our experience and current pricing strategy, we believe we will retain a significant portion of these accounts at maturity.


19


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the distribution of our average total deposit accounts, by account type, for the years indicated.
 
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006  
                Weighted
                Weighted
 
    Average
          Average
    Average
          Average
 
    Balance     Percent     Rate     Balance     Percent     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Non-interest bearing demand
  $ 96,796       9.57 %     %   $ 89,989       8.99 %     %
NOW
    49,209       4.87       1.93       37,454       3.74       0.93  
Savings
    401,003       39.64       0.65       398,852       39.86       0.70  
Certificates of deposit
    464,552       45.92       4.35       474,313       47.41       3.96  
                                                 
Total deposits
  $ 1,011,560       100.00 %     2.35 %   $ 1,000,608       100.00 %     2.19 %
                                                 
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005  
                Weighted
 
    Average
          Average
 
    Balance     Percent     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Non-interest bearing demand
  $ 91,956       8.94 %     %
NOW
    38,782       3.77       0.53  
Savings accounts
    488,109       47.44       0.67  
Certificates of deposit
    409,932       39.85       2.65  
                         
Total deposits
  $ 1,028,779       100.00 %     1.39 %
                         
 
As of December 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of our outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was $147.6 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates at December 31, 2007.
 
         
    At
 
    December 31,
 
    2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Three months or less
  $ 85,057  
Over three months through six months
    37,820  
Over six months through one year
    20,797  
Over one year to three years
    2,900  
Over three years
    1,049  
         
Total
  $ 147,623  
         
 
Borrowings.   Our borrowings consist primarily of securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), as well as advances, from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, and borrowings from other correspondent banking relationships. As of December 31, 2007, our repurchase agreements totaled $102.0 million, or 10.0% of total liabilities, and our Federal Home Loan Bank advances totaled $20.0 million, or 2.0% of total liabilities. At December 31, 2007, we had the ability to borrow an additional $200.0 million under our existing credit facilities with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. Repurchase agreements are secured by mortgage-backed securities and other mortgage-related securities. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York are secured by our investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York as well as by a blanket pledge of our mortgage portfolio not otherwise pledged.


20


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at and for the years indicated:
 
                         
    At or for the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 124,420     $ 128,534     $ 233,629  
Average balance during year
  $ 127,926     $ 181,296     $ 301,649  
Maximum outstanding at any month end
  $ 156,459     $ 220,222     $ 341,190  
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
    4.12 %     3.74 %     3.46 %
Average interest rate during year
    3.97 %     3.57 %     3.28 %
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2007, we had 176 full-time employees and 32 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.
 
Subsidiary Activities
 
Northfield Bank owns 100% of the common stock of NSB Services Corp., a Delaware corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the voting common stock of NSB Realty Trust. NSB Realty Trust is a Maryland real estate investment trust that holds mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and other investments. These entities enable Northfield Bank to segregate certain assets for management purposes, and promote Northfield Bank’s ability to raise regulatory capital in the future through the sale of preferred stock or other capital-enhancing securities or borrow against assets or stock of these entities for liquidity purposes. At December 31, 2007, Northfield Bank’s investment in NSB Services Corp. was $572.9 million, and NSB Services Corp. had assets of $573.8 million at that date. At December 31, 2007, NSB Services Corp.’s investment in NSB Realty Trust was $572.2 million, and NSB Realty Trust had $575.0 million in assets at that date. NSB Insurance Agency, Inc. is a New York corporation that receives nominal commissions from the sale of life insurance by employees of Northfield Bank. At December 31, 2007, Northfield Bank’s investment in NSB Insurance Agency was $1,000. Northfield Bank also owns all or a portion of three additional, inactive corporations.
 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
General
 
Northfield Bank is examined and supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and is subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s deposit insurance funds and the institution’s depositors. Under this system of federal regulation, financial institutions are periodically examined to ensure that they satisfy applicable standards with respect to their capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market risks. Following completion of its examination, the federal agency critiques the institution’s operations and assigns its rating (known as an institution’s CAMELS rating). Under federal law, an institution may not disclose its CAMELS rating to the public. Northfield Bank also is regulated to a lesser extent by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, governing reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. The Office of Thrift Supervision examines Northfield Bank and prepares reports of its findings for the consideration of its board of directors. Northfield Bank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a much lesser extent, state law, especially in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of Northfield Bank’s loan documents.


21


Table of Contents

Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or Congress, could have a material adverse effect on Northfield Bancorp, Inc., and Northfield Bank and their operations.
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC, as savings and loan holding companies, are required to file certain reports with, are subject to examination by, and otherwise must comply with the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. also is subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.
 
Certain of the regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC are described below. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete explanation of such statutes and regulations and their influence on Northfield Bank, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.
 
Federal Banking Regulation
 
Business Activities.   A federal savings bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under these laws and regulations, Northfield Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by one- to four-residential real estate without limitation as a percentage of assets, and may invest in non-residential real estate loans up to 400% of capital in the aggregate, commercial business loans up to 20% of assets in the aggregate and consumer loans up to 35% of assets in the aggregate, and in certain types of debt securities and certain other assets. Northfield Bank also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for Northfield Bank, including real estate investment, and securities and insurance brokerage.
 
Capital Requirements.   Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require savings banks to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio, and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.
 
The risk-based capital standard for savings banks requires the maintenance of total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of 8%. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet obligations, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor assigned by the Office of Thrift Supervision, based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses (limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets) and up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. Additionally, a savings bank that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale may be required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the possible recourse to the savings bank.
 
At December 31, 2007, Northfield Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.
 
Loans-to-One Borrower.   Generally, a federal savings bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of December 31, 2007, Northfield Bank’s largest lending relationship with a single or related group of borrowers totaled $12.3 million, which represented 4.80% of unimpaired capital and surplus; therefore, Northfield Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations at December 31, 2007.
 
Qualified Thrift Lender Test.   As a federal savings bank, Northfield Bank must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. Under the QTL test, Northfield Bank must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio


22


Table of Contents

assets” in “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings institution, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings bank’s business.
 
A savings bank that fails the qualified thrift lender test must either convert to a bank charter or operate under specified restrictions. At December 31, 2007, Northfield Bank maintained approximately 80.2% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, satisfied the QTL test.
 
Capital Distributions.   Office of Thrift Supervision regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings bank, including cash dividends, stock repurchases, and other transactions charged to the capital account. A savings bank must file an application for approval of a capital distribution if:
 
  •  the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings bank’s net income for that year to date plus the savings bank’s retained net income for the preceding two years;
 
  •  the savings bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;
 
  •  the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement, or Office of Thrift Supervision-imposed condition; or
 
  •  the savings bank is not eligible for expedited treatment of its application or notice filings.
 
Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings bank that is a subsidiary of a holding company must still file a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.
 
The Office of Thrift Supervision may disapprove a notice or application if:
 
  •  the savings bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;
 
  •  the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or
 
  •  the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation, or agreement.
 
In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution shall not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would be undercapitalized.
 
Liquidity.   A federal savings bank is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation. We seek to maintain a ratio of liquid assets not pledged as a percentage of deposits and borrowings of 35% or greater. At December 31, 2007, this ratio was 80.33%.
 
Assessments.   The Office of Thrift Supervision charges assessments to recover the costs of examining savings banks and their affiliates. These assessments are based on three components: the size of the savings bank on which the basic assessment is based; the savings bank’s supervisory condition, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings bank with a composite rating of 3, 4, or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination; and the complexity of the bank’s operations. Due to Northfield Bank’s conversion to a federally chartered savings bank during the fourth quarter of 2007 we were not charged assessments by the Office of Thrift Supervision during 2007.
 
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.   All Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income areas. Further, in connection with its examination of a federal savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required to assess the savings bank’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. A savings bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. The


23


Table of Contents

failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of Thrift Supervision, as well as other federal regulatory agencies including the Department of Justice. Northfield Bank received a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent examination conducted by the FDIC.
 
Transactions with Related Parties.   A federal savings bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing Regulation W. An affiliate is a company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Northfield Bank. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is an affiliate of Northfield Bank. In general, loan transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative and collateral requirements. In this regard, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are limited to 10% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus for transactions with any one affiliate and 20% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus for transactions in the aggregate with all affiliates. Collateral in specified amounts ranging from 100% to 130% of the amount of the transaction must usually be provided by affiliates in order to receive loans from the savings bank. In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit a savings bank from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies, and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve low-quality assets, and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. The Office of Thrift Supervision requires savings banks to maintain detailed records of all transactions with affiliates.
 
Northfield Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act (FRA) and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders:
 
(i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons, and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and
 
(ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Northfield Bank’s capital.
 
In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits to any director, executive officer, or principal stockholder must be approved by Northfield Bank’s board of directors.
 
Section 402 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002, prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined by in Sarbanes-Oxley). The prohibition, however, does not apply to mortgages advanced by an insured depository institution, such as Northfield Bank, that is subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the FRA.
 
Enforcement.   The Office of Thrift Supervision has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings institutions and has the authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including stockholders, attorneys, appraisers, and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful actions likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action by the Office of Thrift Supervision may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order, to removal of officers or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1.0 million per day. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or to recommend to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take actions under specified circumstances.
 
Standards for Safety and Soundness.   Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal


24


Table of Contents

controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies adopted Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement the safety and soundness standards required under federal law. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan.
 
Prompt Corrective Action Regulations.   Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings banks. For this purpose, a savings bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on the savings bank’s capital:
 
  •  well-capitalized (at least 5% leverage capital, 6% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% total risk-based capital);
 
  •  adequately capitalized (at least 4% leverage capital, 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 8% total risk-based capital);
 
  •  undercapitalized (less than 3% leverage capital, 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital or 8% total risk-based capital);
 
  •  significantly undercapitalized (less than 3% leverage capital, 3% Tier 1 risk-based capital or 6% total risk-based capital); and
 
  •  critically undercapitalized (less than 2% tangible capital).
 
Generally, the banking regulator is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings bank that is “critically undercapitalized” within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision within 45 days of the date a savings bank receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized”, or “critically undercapitalized.” The criteria for an acceptable capital restoration plan include, among other things, the establishment of the methodology and assumptions for attaining adequately capitalized status on an annual basis, procedures for ensuring compliance with restrictions imposed by applicable federal regulations, the identification of the types and levels of activities the savings bank will engage in while the capital restoration plan is in effect, and assurances that the capital restoration plan will not appreciably increase the current risk profile of the savings bank. Any holding company for the savings bank required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee the lesser of an amount equal to 5% of the savings bank’s assets at the time it was notified or deemed to be undercapitalized by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the amount necessary to restore the savings bank to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the Office of Thrift Supervision notifies the savings bank that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters, and the Office of Thrift Supervision has the authority to require payment and collect payment under the guarantee. Failure by a holding company to provide the required guarantee will result in certain operating restrictions on the savings bank, such as restrictions on the ability to declare and pay dividends, pay executive compensation and management fees, and increase assets or expand operations. The Office of Thrift Supervision may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized associations, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
 
At December 31, 2007, Northfield Bank met the criteria for being considered “well-capitalized.”
 
Insurance of Deposit Accounts.   Deposit accounts in Northfield Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, generally up to a maximum of $100,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a


25


Table of Contents

maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. Northfield Bank’s deposits, therefore, are subject to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments.
 
Effective March 31, 2006, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation merged the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) into a single fund called the Deposit Insurance Fund. As a result of the merger, the BIF and the SAIF were abolished. The merger of the BIF and the SAIF into the Deposit Insurance Fund does not affect the authority of the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2007, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 1.14 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.
 
In 2006, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted final regulations that assess insurance premiums based on risk. As a result, the new regulation enables the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to more closely tie each financial institution’s deposit insurance premiums to the risk it poses to the deposit insurance fund. Under the new risk-based assessment system, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation evaluates the risk of each financial institution based on its supervisory rating, its financial ratios, and its long-term debt issuer rating. The new rates for nearly all of the banking industry vary between five and seven cents for every $100 of domestic deposits. The assessment owed during the year ended December 31, 2007, was offset by a credit from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to Northfield Bank of $794,000. At the same time, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also adopted final regulations designating the reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund during 2007 at 1.25% of estimated insured deposits.
 
Federal legislation to reform federal deposit insurance was enacted in 2006 that, among other things, increased the amount of federal deposit insurance coverage for self-directed individual retirement accounts, and, beginning in 2010, gives the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation discretion to increase insurance to reflect inflation. The legislation also requires the reserve ratio to be modified to provide for a range between 1.15% and 1.50% of estimated insured deposits.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System
 
Northfield Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, Northfield Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York in an amount determined by a “membership” investment component and an “activity-based” investment component. The membership investment component is the greater of 0.20% of an institution’s “Mortgage-related Assets,” as defined by the Federal Home Loan Bank, or $1,000. The activity-based investment component is equal to 4.5% of the institution’s outstanding advances with the Federal Home Loan Bank. The activity-based investment component also considers other transactions, including assets originated for or sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank and delivery commitments issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank. Northfield Bank currently does not enter into these other types of transactions with the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2007, Northfield Bank was in compliance with its ownership requirement.
 
Other Regulations
 
Some interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Northfield Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates and charges. Northfield Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
 
  •  Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
 
  •  Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;


26


Table of Contents

 
  •  Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed, or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
 
  •  Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;
 
  •  Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and
 
  •  rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.
 
The operations of Northfield Bank also are subject to the:
 
  •  Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
 
  •  Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, that govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;
 
  •  Title III of The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (referred to as the “USA PATRIOT Act”), which significantly expanded the responsibilities of financial institutions, in preventing the use of the United States financial system to fund terrorist activities. Among other things, the USA PATRIOT Act and the related regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision require savings banks operating in the United States to develop new anti-money laundering compliance programs, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements, also applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations; and
 
  •  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which placed limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties, if the financial institution customarily shares such information.
 
Regulatory Agreement
 
On June 18, 2007, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking removed an informal agreement with Northfield Bank relating to supervisory issues in connection with the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act and related anti-money laundering laws. We had entered into the agreement effective June 27, 2005. The agreement required, among other things, that we take actions to correct violations of rules and regulations related to the Bank Secrecy Act, establish a comprehensive Bank Secrecy Act program and amend our Bank Secrecy Act policies, analyze and implement plans to ensure adequate Bank Secrecy Act staff and training, implement new policies, procedures and systems with respect to wire transfers and suspicious activities, improve filing procedures for currency transaction reports, and, on a quarterly basis, furnish written reports to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New York State Department of Banking detailing actions taken in connection and compliance with the informal agreement.
 
Holding Company Regulation
 
General.   Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. are non-diversified savings and loan holding companies within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. As such, Northfield Bancorp, MHC, and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. are registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision and subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, examinations, supervision, and reporting requirements. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision has enforcement authority over Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and their subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or


27


Table of Contents

prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution. As federal corporations, Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. are generally not subject to state business organization laws.
 
Permitted Activities.   Pursuant to Section 10(o) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act and Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and policy, a mutual holding company and a federally chartered mid-tier holding company, such as Northfield Bancorp, Inc., may engage in the following activities:
 
(i) investing in the stock of a savings bank;
 
(ii) acquiring a mutual association through the merger of such association into a savings bank subsidiary of such holding company or an interim savings bank subsidiary of such holding company;
 
(iii) merging with or acquiring another holding company, one of whose subsidiaries is a savings bank;
 
(iv) investing in a corporation, the capital stock of which is available for purchase by a savings bank under federal law or under the law of any state where the subsidiary savings bank or association share their home offices;
 
(v) furnishing or performing management services for a savings bank subsidiary of such company;
 
(vi) holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned or acquired from a savings bank subsidiary of such company;
 
(vii) holding or managing properties used or occupied by a savings bank subsidiary of such company;
 
(viii) acting as trustee under deeds of trust;
 
(ix) any other activity:
 
(a) that the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, has determined to be permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, unless the Director, by regulation, prohibits or limits any such activity for savings and loan holding companies; or
 
(b) in which multiple savings and loan holding companies were authorized (by regulation) to directly engage on March 5, 1987;
 
(x) any activity permissible for financial holding companies under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act, including securities and insurance underwriting; and
 
(xi) purchasing, holding, or disposing of stock acquired in connection with a qualified stock issuance if the purchase of such stock by such savings and loan holding company is approved by the Director.
 
If a mutual holding company acquires or merges with another holding company, the holding company acquired or the holding company resulting from such merger or acquisition may only invest in assets and engage in activities listed in (i) through (x) above, and has a period of two years to cease any nonconforming activities and divest any nonconforming investments.
 
Effective April 1, 2008, these regulations will authorize a more expansive list of permissible activities to include those permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act.
 
The Home Owners’ Loan Act prohibits a savings and loan holding company, including Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by the Home Owners’ Loan Act or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Office of Thrift Supervision


28


Table of Contents

must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
 
The Office of Thrift Supervision is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions:
 
(i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and
 
(ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition.
 
The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
 
Waivers of Dividends by Northfield Bancorp, MHC.   Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require Northfield Bancorp, MHC to notify the Office of Thrift Supervision of any proposed waiver of its receipt of dividends from Northfield Bancorp, Inc. The Office of Thrift Supervision reviews dividend waiver notices on a case-by-case basis, and, in general, does not object to any such waiver if:
 
(i) the waiver would not be detrimental to the safe and sound operation of the subsidiary savings           bank; and
 
(ii) the mutual holding company’s board of directors determines that such waiver is consistent with such directors’ fiduciary duties to the mutual holding company’s members.
 
Conversion of Northfield Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form.   Office of Thrift Supervision regulations permit Northfield Bancorp, MHC to convert from the mutual form of organization to the capital stock form of organization. There can be no assurance when, if ever, a conversion transaction will occur, and the board of directors has no current intention or plan to undertake a conversion transaction. In a conversion transaction, a new stock holding company would be formed as the successor to Northfield Bancorp, Inc., Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s corporate existence would end, and certain depositors of Northfield Bank would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of the new holding company. In a conversion transaction, each share of common stock held by stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC would be automatically converted into a number of shares of common stock of the new holding company determined pursuant an exchange ratio that ensures that stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, MHC own the same percentage of common stock in the new holding company as they owned in Northfield Bancorp, Inc. immediately prior to the conversion transaction, subject to adjustment for any assets held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC. Any such transaction would require the approval of our stockholders, including, under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, stockholders other than Northfield Bancorp, Inc., as well as depositors of Northfield Bank.
 
Liquidation Rights.   Each depositor of Northfield Bank has both a deposit account in Northfield Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Northfield Bancorp, MHC based on the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Northfield Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Northfield Bancorp, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Northfield Bancorp, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.
 
In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Northfield Bank, all claims of creditors of Northfield Bank, including those of depositors of Northfield Bank (to the extent of their deposit balances), would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Northfield Bank remaining, these assets would be distributed to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. as Northfield Bank’s sole stockholder. Then, if there were any assets of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. remaining, depositors of Northfield Bank would receive those remaining assets, pro rata, based upon the deposit balances in their deposit account in Northfield Bank immediately prior to liquidation.


29


Table of Contents

Federal Securities Laws
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions, and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act contain several requirements, including having these officers certify that: (i) they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; (ii) they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and (iii) they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting. We will be subject to further reporting and audit requirements beginning with the year ending December 31, 2008, under the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will prepare policies, procedures, and systems designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.
 
TAXATION
 
Federal Taxation
 
General.   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. Prior to the completion of the stock offering, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank were included as part of the consolidated tax group of NSB Holding Corp., the predecessor to Northfield Bancorp, MHC. However, as a result of the stock offering, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bank are no longer part of Northfield Bancorp, MHC’s consolidated tax group since Northfield Bancorp, MHC does not own at least 80% of the common stock of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. intends to file consolidated tax returns with Northfield Bank, its wholly-owned subsidiary.
 
NSB Holding Corp.’s consolidated federal tax returns are not currently under audit, and have not been audited during the past five years. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Northfield Bancorp, MHC, NSB Holding Corp., Northfield Bancorp, Inc., or Northfield Bank.
 
Method of Accounting.   For federal income tax purposes, Northfield Bancorp, MHC reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.
 
Bad Debt Reserves.   Historically, Northfield Bank was subject to special provisions in the tax law applicable to qualifying savings banks regarding allowable tax bad debt deductions and related reserves. Tax law changes were enacted in 1996 that eliminated the ability of savings banks to use the percentage of taxable income method for computing tax bad debt reserves for tax years after 1995, and required recapture into taxable income over a six-year period of all bad debt reserves accumulated after a savings bank’s last tax year beginning before January 1, 1988. Northfield Bank recaptured its post December 31, 1987 bad-debt reserve balance over the six-year period ended December 31, 2004.
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. is required to use the specific charge off method to account for tax bad debt deductions in the future.


30


Table of Contents

Taxable Distributions and Recapture.   Prior to 1996, bad debt reserves created prior to 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if Northfield Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests or made certain distributions. Tax law changes in 1996 eliminated thrift-related recapture rules. However, under current law, pre-1988 tax bad debt reserves remain subject to recapture if Northfield Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its common stock, pays dividends in excess of earnings and profits, or fails to qualify as a “bank” for tax purposes.
 
At December 31, 2007, the total federal pre-base year bad debt reserve of Northfield Bank was approximately $5.9 million.
 
Alternative Minimum Tax.   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, less any available exemption. The alternative minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. NSB Holding Corp.’s consolidated group has not been subject to the alternative minimum tax and has no such amounts available as credits for carryover.
 
Net Operating Loss Carryovers.   A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At December 31, 2007, Northfield Bancorp’s consolidated group had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.
 
Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction.   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from Northfield Bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary by filing consolidated tax returns. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% when the corporation receiving the dividend owns at least 20% of the stock of the distributing corporation. The dividends-received deduction is 70% when the corporation receiving the dividend owns less than 20% of the distributing corporation.
 
State/City Taxation
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC report income on a calendar year basis to New York State. New York State franchise tax on corporations is imposed in an amount equal to the greater of (a) 7.1% (for 2007 and forward) of “entire net income” allocable to New York State, (b) 3% of “alternative entire net income” allocable to New York State, or (c) 0.01% of the average value of assets allocable to New York State plus nominal minimum tax of $250 per company. Entire net income is based on federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications. Alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without certain modifications.
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Bancorp, MHC report income on a calendar year basis to New York City. New York City franchise tax on corporations is imposed in an amount equal to the greater of (a) 9.0% of “entire net income” allocable to New York State, (b) 3% of “alternative entire net income” allocable to New York City, or (c) 0.01% of the average value of assets allocable to New York City plus nominal minimum tax of $250 per company. Entire net income is based on federal taxable income, subject to certain modifications. Alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without certain modifications.
 
At December 31, 2005, Northfield Bank did not meet the definition of a domestic building and loan association for New York State and City tax purposes. As a result, we were required to recognize a $2.2 million deferred tax liability for state and city thrift-related base-year bad debt reserves accumulated after December 31, 1987.
 
Our New York state tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2000, through December 31, 2006, were subject to an audit by the State of New York with respect to our operation of NSB Services Corp. as a Delaware corporation not subject to New York State taxation. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. concluded the audit by the State of New York with respect to the Company’s combined state tax returns for years 2000 through 2006, which resulted in the Company reversing approximately $4.5 million in state and local tax liabilities. Otherwise, our state tax returns are not currently under audit, and have not been audited during the past five years.


31


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS
 
There have been no material changes to the Risk Factors disclosed in our Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 23, 2007 (File No. 333-143643) pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
No unresolved staff comments.
 
ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES
 
We operate from our main office in Staten Island, New York and our additional 17 branch offices located in New York and New Jersey. Our branch offices are located in the New York Counties of Richmond, and Kings and the New Jersey Counties of Middlesex and Union. The net book value of our premises, land, and equipment was $7.7 million at December 31, 2007.
 
ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
In the normal course of business, we may be party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements will not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report, we did not submit any matters to the vote of security holders.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
(a) Our shares of common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NFBK.” The approximate number of holders of record of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock as of December 31, 2007 was 6,600. Certain shares of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. are held in “nominee” or “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number. The following table presents quarterly market information for Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock for the period ended December 31, 2007. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on November 8, 2007. Accordingly, no information prior to this date is available. The following information was provided by the NASDAQ Global Stock Market.
 
                         
Fiscal 2007
  High   Low   Dividends
 
Quarter ended December 31, 2007
  $ 12.00     $ 9.45     $  
 
The sources of funds for the payment of a cash dividend are the retained proceeds from the initial sale of shares of common stock and earnings on those proceeds, interest and principal payments with respect to Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s loan to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and dividends from Northfield Bank.
 
For a discussion of Northfield Bank’s ability to pay dividends, see “Supervision and Regulation — Federal Banking Regulation.”


32


Table of Contents

 
Stock Performance Graph
 
Set forth below is a stock performance graph comparing (a) the cumulative total return on the Company’s Common Stock for the period beginning November 8, 2007, the date that Northfield Bancorp, Inc. began trading as a public company as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market (at a closing price of $10.82 per share on such date), through December 31, 2007, (b) the cumulative total return of the stocks included in the Nasdaq Composite Index over such period, and, (c) the cumulative total return on stocks included in the Nasdaq Bank Index over such period. The initial offering price of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. common stock was $10.00 per share and the first trading day increase in the value of the stock is not reflected in the graph. Cumulative return assumes the reinvestment of dividends, and is expressed in dollars based on an assumed investment of $100.
 
(GRAPH)
 
                         
    Period Ending
  Index   11/8/2007   11/30/2007   12/31/2007
NASDAQ Bank Index
  $ 100.00       102.50       96.93  
                         
NASDAQ Composite Index
    100.00       98.70       98.38  
                         
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
    100.00       102.20       103.54  
                         
 
At December 31, 2007, there were no compensation plans under which equity securities of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. were authorized for issuance other than the Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
 
(b) On April 4, 2007, the Board of Directors of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. adopted a Stock Issuance Plan whereby Northfield Bancorp, Inc. would sell 43% of its to-be outstanding shares of common stock to the public in a stock offering and issue 2% of its to-be outstanding shares to the Northfield Bank Foundation. The remaining 55% of the to-be outstanding shares would be held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC, Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s mutual holding company.
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc. filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the stock offering (File No. 333-143643). The Registration Statement was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2007. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. registered 20,161,377 shares on the Registration Statement, including up to 19,265,316 shares for sale to the public. The stock offering commenced on August 23, 2007, and closed on November 7, 2007.
 
Sandler, O’Neill and Partners, L.P. was engaged to assist in the marketing of the shares of common stock. For their services, Sandler, O’Neill and Partners, L.P. received a fee of 0.80% of the aggregate dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offerings excluding shares contributed to the Northfield Bank Foundation, Northfield Bank’s employee stock ownership plan, and 401(k) plan, and to Northfield Bancorp,


33


Table of Contents

Inc’s officers, employees and directors, members of their immediate families, their personal trusts, and business entities controlled by them.
 
The stock offering resulted in gross proceeds of $192.7 million, through the sale of 19,265,316 shares at a price of $10.00 per share. Expenses related to the offering were approximately $3.1 million, including $1.4 million paid to Sandler, O’Neill and Partners, L.P. No underwriting discounts, commissions, or finders fees were paid in connection with the stock offering. Net proceeds of the offering were approximately $189.6 million. $94.8 million of the net proceeds of the offering was retained by Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and $94.8 million was contributed to Northfield Bank. The proceeds from the offering were initially invested in short-term corporate securities and certificate of deposits, generally with maturities of less than a year. Northfield Bancorp, Inc. may use the proceeds from the stock offering as described in the section entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering” in the Prospectus.
 
(c) There were no issuer repurchases of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2007.


34


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The summary information presented below at the dates or for each of the years presented is derived in part from our consolidated financial statements. The following information is only a summary, and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes included in this Annual Report.
 
                                         
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
 
Selected Financial Condition Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 1,386,918     $ 1,294,747     $ 1,408,562     $ 1,566,564     $ 1,466,755  
Cash and cash equivalents
    25,088       60,624       38,368       94,297       65,855  
Certificates of deposit
    24,500       5,200       210       210        
Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value
    802,817       713,498       863,464       1,012,767       939,649  
Securities held-to-maturity
    19,686       26,169       34,841       56,148       88,365  
Trading securities
    3,605       2,667       2,360       2,087       1,208  
Loans held for sale
    270       125             99       1,539  
Net loans held-for-investment
    418,693       404,159       382,672       317,525       279,830  
Bank owned life insurance
    41,560       32,866       31,635       30,425       29,227  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost
    6,702       7,186       11,529       15,675       13,930  
Total liabilities
    1,019,578       1,130,753       1,256,803       1,414,580       1,328,868  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    102,000       106,000       206,000       310,500       261,379  
Other borrowings
    22,420       22,534       27,629       51,208       22,500  
Deposits
    877,225       989,789       1,010,146       1,041,533       1,021,689  
Total stockholders’ equity
    367,340       163,994       151,759       151,984       137,887  
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (In thousands)  
 
Selected Operating Data:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 65,702     $ 64,867     $ 66,302     $ 58,851     $ 59,345  
Interest expense
    28,836       28,406       24,234       18,272       21,949  
                                         
Net interest income before provision for loan losses
    36,866       36,461       42,068       40,579       37,396  
Provision for loan losses
    1,442       235       1,629       410        
                                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    35,424       36,226       40,439       40,169       37,396  
Non-interest income
    9,478       4,600       4,354       5,401       5,316  
Non-interest expense
    35,950       23,818       21,258       19,536       18,869  
                                         
Income before income tax expense
    8,952       17,008       23,535       26,034       23,843  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (1,555 )     6,166       10,376       9,668       8,830  
                                         
Net income
  $ 10,507     $ 10,842     $ 13,159     $ 16,366     $ 15,013  
                                         
Net loss per common share(1)
  $ (0.03 )     NA       NA       NA       NA  
 
 
(1) Net loss per share is calculated for the period that the Company’s shares of common stock were outstanding (November 8, 2007 through December 31, 2007). The net loss for this period was $1,501,000 and the weighted average common shares outstanding were 43,076,586.


35


Table of Contents

 
                                         
    At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                       
Performance Ratios:
                                       
Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)(1)
    0.78 %     0.80 %     0.88 %     1.13 %     1.05 %
Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity)(1)
    5.27 %     7.01 %     8.63 %     11.34 %     11.27 %
Interest rate spread(1)(3)
    2.34 %     2.40 %     2.67 %     2.71 %     2.57 %
Net interest margin(1)(2)
    2.87 %     2.81 %     2.94 %     2.91 %     2.76 %
Efficiency ratio(1)(4)
    77.57 %     58.01 %     45.79 %     42.49 %     44.18 %
Non-interest expense to average total assets(1)
    2.66 %     1.77 %     1.42 %     1.35 %     1.32 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    123.33 %     118.89 %     115.69 %     115.25 %     111.90 %
Average equity to average total assets
    14.73 %     11.47 %     10.21 %     9.97 %     9.30 %
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                       
Non-performing assets to total assets
    0.71 %     0.55 %     0.15 %     0.15 %     0.27 %
Non-performing loans to total loans
    2.32 %     1.74 %     0.53 %     0.72 %     1.40 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
    57.31 %     70.70 %     232.88 %     136.58 %     69.50 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.33 %     1.23 %     1.24 %     0.99 %     0.98 %
Capital Ratios:
                                       
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)(5)
    38.07 %     25.03 %     23.72 %     23.81 %     22.69 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)(5)
    37.23 %     24.25 %     22.97 %     23.27 %     22.18 %
Tier I capital (to average assets)(5)
    18.84 %     12.38 %     10.62 %     9.15 %     8.34 %
Other Data:
                                       
Number of full service offices
    18       19       19       19       19  
Full time equivalent employees
    192       208       201       199       196  
 
 
(1) 2007 performance ratios include the after-tax effect of: a charge of $7.8 million due to the Company’s contribution to the Northfield Bank Foundation; a gain of $2.4 million as a result of the sale of two branch locations, and associated deposit relationships; net interest income of approximately $0.8 million, for the year ended December 31, 2007, as it relates to short-term investment returns earned on subscription proceeds (net of interest paid during the stock offering); and the reversal of state and local tax liabilities of approximately $4.5 million, net of federal taxes. 2006 performance ratios include the after tax effect of a $0.9 million charge related to a supplemental retirement agreement entered into by the Company with its former president.
 
(2) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
 
(3) The interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest earning assets and the weighted-average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(4) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
 
(5) Ratios for 2003 through 2006 were determined pursuant to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations. Beginning November 6, 2007, Northfield Bank became subject to the capital requirements under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, While the capital regulations of these two agencies are substantially similar, they are not identical.


36


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this report (collectively, the “Financial Statements”).
 
Overview
 
On November 7, 2007, Northfield Bancorp, Inc. completed its initial stock offering whereby the Company sold 19,265,316 shares of common stock, for a price of $10.00 per share. The shares sold represented 43.0% of the shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding following the stock offering. The Company also contributed 2.0% of the shares of our outstanding common stock, or 896,061 shares, and $3.0 million in cash, to a charitable foundation established by Northfield Bank. Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Company’s federally chartered mutual holding company parent, owns 55.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The stock offering closed on November 7, 2007.
 
Our goals as a new public company are to enhance shareholder value by building a strong banking franchise and continuing to focus on growing our core business of originating commercial real estate loans and establishing deposit relationships in the markets we serve while maintaining strong asset quality and controlling operating expenses.
 
Total assets increased to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2007, from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in securities available-for-sale of $89.3 million funded, in part, by proceeds received in the Company’s initial public offering completed on November 7, 2007. The Company raised $192.7 million and utilized proceeds of approximately $3.0 million for direct offering expenses, $17.6 million for a loan to the employee stock ownership plan, and $3.0 million in cash for a contribution to the Northfield Bank Foundation. Of the $192.7 million raised in the stock offering, $82.4 million was funded with customer deposits held at Northfield Bank. The increase in total assets was also attributable to an increase in bank owned life insurance of $8.7 million, and an increase in loans held for investment, net of $15.1 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases cash and cash equivalents and certificates of deposit of $16.2 million, and a decrease of securities held -to- maturity of $6.5 million.
 
Net income decreased to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Operating results for the year ended December 31, 2007, included a charge of $12.0 million ($7.8 million, net of tax) due to the Company’s contribution to the Northfield Bank Foundation, partially offset by pre-tax gain of $4.3 million ($2.4 million, net of tax) as a result of the sale of two branch locations, and associated deposit relationships, net interest income of approximately $1.4 million ($795,000, net of tax), related to short-term investment returns earned on subscription proceeds (net of interest paid during the stock offering), and the reversal of state and local tax liabilities of approximately $4.5 million, net of federal taxes, as a result of the Company concluding an audit by the State of New York with respect to the Company’s combined state tax returns for years 2000 through 2006. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2006, reflects a pre-tax charge of $1.6 million ($860,000, net of tax) related to a supplemental retirement agreement entered into by the Company with its former president.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that involve significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial condition and results of operation depend, and which involve the most complex subjective decisions or assessments, are the following:
 
Allowance for Loan Losses.   The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover probable and reasonably estimatable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged


37


Table of Contents

against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we make significant estimates and judgments and, therefore, have identified the allowance as a critical accounting policy. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.
 
The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with GAAP. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable.
 
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has a component for impaired loan losses and a component for general loan losses. Management has defined an impaired loan to be a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the company will not collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. We have defined the population of impaired loans to be all non-accrual loans with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the estimated fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell), if the loan is collateral dependent, or the present value of the expected future cash flows, if the loan is not collateral dependent. Management performs a detailed evaluation of each impaired loan and adjusts estimated fair values to appropriately consider existing market conditions and costs to dispose of any supporting collateral.
 
The second component of the allowance for loan losses is the general loss allocation. This assessment is performed on a portfolio basis, excluding impaired loans, with loans being grouped into similar risk characteristics, primarily loan type, loan-to-value (if collateral dependent) and delinquency status. We apply an estimated loss rate to each loan group. The loss rates applied are based on our loss experience as adjusted for our qualitative assessment of relevant changes related to: underwriting standards; delinquency trends; collection, charge-off and recovery practices; the nature or volume of the loan group; lending staff; concentration of loan type; current economic conditions; and other relevant factors considered appropriate by management. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based on changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly different than the allowance for loan losses we have established, and could have a material effect on our financial results.
 
Quarterly, management reviews the status of our loans in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. As part of this evaluation process, impaired loans are analyzed to determine their potential risk of loss. To determine the adequacy of collateral on a particular loan, an estimate of the fair value of the collateral is based on the most current appraised value and adjusted to reflect current market- and property-specific conditions, net of estimated liquidation expenses. Any shortfall results in a recommendation of a charge to the allowance if the likelihood of loss is evaluated as probable.
 
This quarterly process is performed by credit administration and approved by the Chief Lending Officer. The Chief Financial Officer performs a final review of the calculation. All supporting documentation with regard to the evaluation process is maintained by credit administration. Each quarter a summary of the allowance for loan losses is presented by the Chief Lending Officer to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
We have a concentration of loans secured by real property located in New York and New Jersey. As a substantial amount of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, appraisals of the underlying value of property securing loans are critical in determining the amount of the allowance required for specific loans. Assumptions for appraisal valuations are instrumental in determining the value of properties. Overly optimistic assumptions or negative changes to assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of a property securing a loan and the related allowance determined. The assumptions


38


Table of Contents

supporting such appraisals are reviewed by management to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable on the collateral. Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are increases in interest rates, a decline in the economy generally, and a decline in real estate market values in New York or New Jersey. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in delinquencies, increased loan losses, and future loan loss provisions.
 
Although we believe we have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, changes may be necessary if future economic or other conditions differ substantially from our estimation of the current operating environment. Although management uses the information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agency may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on its judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
We also maintain an allowance for estimated losses on off-balance sheet credit risks related to loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Management utilizes a methodology similar to its allowance for loan loss methodology to estimate losses on these items. The allowance for estimated credit losses on these items is included in other liabilities and any changes to the allowance are recorded as a component of other non-interest expense.
 
Intangible Assets.   Acquisitions accounted for under purchase accounting must follow SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 141 requires us to record as assets on our financial statements goodwill, an unidentifiable intangible asset which is equal to the excess of the purchase price which we pay for another company over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired. Net assets acquired include identifiable intangible assets such as core deposit intangibles and non-compete agreements. Under SFAS No. 142, we evaluate goodwill for impairment annually on December 31 and more often if circumstances warrant, and we will reduce its carrying value through a charge to earnings if impairment exists. Core deposit and other identifiable intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The valuation techniques used by us to determine the carrying value of tangible and intangible assets acquired in acquisitions and the estimated lives of identifiable intangible assets involve estimates for discount rates, projected future cash flows and time period calculations, all of which are susceptible to change based on changes in economic conditions and other factors. Future events or changes in the estimates that we used to determine the carrying value of our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets or which otherwise adversely affect their value or estimated lives could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. As of December 31, 2007, our intangible assets consisted of goodwill and core deposit intangibles of $16.2 million and $917,000, respectively.
 
Securities Valuation and Impairment.   Our securities portfolio is comprised of mortgage-backed securities and to a lesser extent corporate securities and mutual funds. Our available-for-sale securities portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders’ equity. Our trading securities portfolio is reported at estimated fair value. Our held-to-maturity securities portfolio, consisting of debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at amortized cost. We conduct a quarterly review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the estimated fair value of any security has declined below its amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If such decline is deemed other-than-temporary, we would adjust the cost basis of the security by writing down the security to estimated fair value through a charge to current period operations. The fair values of our securities are primarily affected by changes in interest rates, credit quality, and market liquidity.


39


Table of Contents

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between a willing buyer and a willing seller. This definition is codified in SFAS No, 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS 157 also categorizes fair value measurements into three levels based on the extent to which the measurement relies on observable market prices. In determining the fair value of securities, we utilize the services of an independent third party recognized as an expert in pricing securities. The independent pricing service utilizes market prices of same or similar securities whenever such prices are available. Prices involving distressed sellers are not utilized in determining fair value. Where necessary, the independent third party pricing service estimates fair value using models employing techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. The assumptions used in these models typically include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayments, utilizing market observable data where available. Where the market price of the same or similar securities is not available, the valuation becomes more subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. We review all prices provided by the independent third party pricing service and compare such information to a second independent pricing service that is utilized as part of our asset liability risk management process. We did not adopt SFAS 157 until January 1, 2008; the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
Deferred Income Taxes.   We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established. We consider the determination of this valuation allowance to be a critical accounting policy because of the need to exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable income. These judgments and estimates are reviewed quarterly as regulatory and business factors change. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets may be required if the amounts of taxes recoverable through loss carry backs decline, or if we project lower levels of future taxable income. Such a valuation allowance would be established and any subsequent changes to such allowance would require an adjustment to income tax expense that could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2007 and 2006
 
Total assets increased $92.2 million, or 7.1%, to $1.387 billion at December 31, 2007, from $1.295 billion at December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily due to an increase in securities available-for-sale of $89.3 million, an increase in loans held-for-investment, net of $15.1 million, an increase in bank owned life insurance of $8.7 million, and an increase in certificates of deposit of $19.3 million, partially offset by a decrease of $35.5 million in total cash and cash equivalents.
 
Cash and cash equivalents (cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions and federal funds sold) decreased $35.5 million, or 58.6%, to $25.1 million at December 31, 2007, from $60.6 million at December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to our selling two branch offices (including related deposit relationships) in March 2007, and the use of cash and cash equivalents to fund loan originations, security purchases, and the purchase of bank owned life insurance.
 
Bank owned life insurance increased $8.7 million, or 26.5%, to $41.6 million at December 31, 2007, from $32.9 million at December 31, 2006. The increase in bank owned life insurance was attributable to the purchase of $7.0 million of new policies during the year ended December 31, 2007, and increases of $1.7 million in the cash surrender value of new and existing policies.
 
Securities available-for-sale increased $89.3 million, or 12.5%, to $802.8 million at December 31, 2007, from $713.5 million at December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily due to the purchase of approximately $309.4 million of securities partially offset by $238.2 million in pay-downs, maturities, and sales. The


40


Table of Contents

purchases were funded by pay-downs, maturities, sales of securities and the proceeds of our initial public stock offering.
 
Loans held-for-investment, net of deferred loan fees, increased $15.1 million, or 3.7%, to $424.3 million at December 31, 2007, from $409.2 million at December 31, 2006. Commercial real estate loans increased $36.2 million, or 17.4%, to $243.9 million at December 31, 2007, from $207.7 million at December 31, 2006. We continue to focus on originating commercial real estate loans to the extent such loan demand exists while meeting our underwriting standards. One- to four-family residential mortgage loans decreased $12.3 million, or 11.5%, to $95.2 million at December 31, 2007, from $107.6 million at December 31, 2006. Construction and land loans decreased $7.3 million, or 14.0%, to $44.9 million at December 31, 2007, from $52.1 million at December 31, 2006. Home equity loans and lines of credit decreased $1.1 million, or 8.1%, to $12.8 million at December 31, 2007, from $13.9 million at December 31, 2006.
 
Deposits decreased $112.6 million, or 11.4%, to $877.2 million at December 31, 2007, from $989.8 million at December 31, 2006. Savings accounts decreased $45.3 million, or 12.7%, to $311.8 million at December 31, 2007, from $357.2 million at December 31, 2006. Certificates of deposit decreased $93.8 million, or 18.9%, to $402.6 million at December 31, 2007, from $496.4 million at December 31, 2006. The decrease in deposits was attributable primarily to the transfer of $82.4 million in deposits to stockholders’ equity as part of the stock offering closing on November 7, 2007 and the sale of two branch locations and related deposit relationships of $26.6 million during the first quarter of 2007. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in total transaction accounts of $26.6 million, or 19.5%, to $162.8 million at December 31, 2007, from $136.2 million at December 31, 2007. This increase in total transaction accounts was primarily due to our continued focus on growing business deposit accounts.
 
Total borrowings decreased $4.1 million, or 3.2%, to $124.4 million at December 31, 2007, from $128.5 million at December 31, 2006.
 
Total stockholders’ equity increased $203.3 million, or 124.0% to $367.3 million at December 31, 2007, from $164.0 million at December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to stock offering proceeds of $192.7 million, net income of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a $500,000 capital contribution from Northfield Bancorp, MHC, $8.9 million of our stock issued to the Northfield Bank Foundation, and a decrease of $10.7 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss, primarily due to a decrease in unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale. These increases were partially offset by $3.1 million in direct stock offering expenses and $17.6 million for a loan to the employee stock ownership plan.
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
 
General.   Net income decreased $335,000 or 3.1%, to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease reflected an increase in non-interest expense and an increase in the provision for loan losses, partially offset by increases in net interest income, total non-interest income, and a decrease in income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2007: non-interest expense included a charge due to our contribution to the Northfield Bank Foundation; net interest income included net interest income earned on subscription proceeds; non interest income included a gain as a result of the sale of two branch locations and associated deposit relationships, and income tax benefit included the reversal of state and local tax liabilities, net of federal taxes. The Company concluded an audit by the State of New York with respect to the Company’s combined state tax returns for years 2000 through 2006. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2006, reflects a charge related to a supplemental retirement agreement entered into by the Company with its former president.
 
Interest Income.   Interest income increased $835,000, or 1.3%, to $65.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase resulted from an increase in the average yield earned on interest-earning assets of 11 basis points to 5.11% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 5.00% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The yield on interest-earning assets increased primarily due to the change in the mix of average earning assets. Average balances of loans as a


41


Table of Contents

percentage of average interest-earning assets increased to 33.0% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 31.4% for the prior year. The increase in average yield earned on interest-earning assets was partially offset by a decrease of $12.2 million in the average balances of interest-earning assets to $1.286 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $1.298 billion of the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in average interest-earning assets was due primarily to a decrease in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities of $81.0 million, partially offset by an increase in average loans of $16.9 million and interest earning deposits of $61.8 million in 2007 as compared to 2006.
 
Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased $2.2 million, or 6.7%, to $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease resulted from a decrease in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities of $81.0 million, or 10.1%, to $718.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $799.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. We used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available-for-sale to fund loan originations and deposit withdrawals and to repay borrowings. The yield we earned on mortgage-backed securities increased 16 basis points to 4.26% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 4.10% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Interest income on loans increased $876,000, or 3.2%, to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average balance of loans increased $16.9 million, or 4.1%, to $423.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $407.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, reflecting our continued efforts to grow our loan portfolio. The yield on our loan portfolio decreased six basis points, to 6.70% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 6.76% for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily as a result of decreases in interest rates on our adjustable-rate loans. The Federal Reserve decreased short-term rates 100 basis points during the second half of 2007.
 
Interest income on deposits in other financial institutions increased $2.5 million, or 158.1%, to $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average balance of deposits in other financial institutions increased $61.8 million, or 202.9%, to $92.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily as a result of our holding liquid assets, representing proceeds from our initial public stock offering. The yield on deposits in other financial institutions decreased 77 basis points, to 4.46% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 5.23% for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily due to Federal Reserve cuts on short-term rates of 100 basis points during the second half of 2007.
 
Interest Expense.   Interest expense increased $430,000, or 1.5%, to $28.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase resulted from an increase in interest expense on certificates of deposit and NOW accounts partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on savings accounts and borrowings. Although the average balance of total interest bearing deposits decreased in 2007 as compared to 2006, the composition of those deposits shifted to higher cost deposits.
 
Interest expense on certificates of deposit increased $1.4 million, or 7.5%, to $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was caused by an increase in the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit. The average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 39 basis points to 4.35% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 3.96% for the year ended December 31, 2006. We increased rates on certificates of deposits in response to higher rates offered by our competitors. The average balance of certificates of deposit decreased $9.8 million, or 2.1%, to $464.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $474.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Interest expense on NOW accounts increased $602,000, or 172.5%, to $951,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $349,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was caused by an increase in the average rate we paid on NOW accounts and an increase in the average balances. The average rate we paid on NOW accounts increased 100 basis points to 1.93% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 0.93% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average balance of NOW accounts increased


42


Table of Contents

$11.8 million, or 31.4%, to $49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $37.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Interest expense on savings accounts decreased $188,000, or 6.7%, to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was caused by a decrease in the average rate we paid on savings accounts partially offset by an increase in the average balances. The average rate we paid on savings accounts decreased five basis points to 0.65% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 0.70% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average balance of savings accounts increased $2.2 million, or .5%, to $401.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $398.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Interest expense on borrowings (repurchase agreements and other borrowings) decreased $1.4 million, or 21.6%, to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The average balance of borrowings decreased $53.4 million, or 29.4%, to $127.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $181.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as we used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available-for-sale to fund our operations and to repay borrowings. The average rate paid on borrowings increased 40 basis points to 3.97% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Net Interest Income.   Net interest income increased $405,000, or 1.1%, to $36.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $36.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our net interest margin increased six basis points to 2.87% for the year ended December 31, 2007, from 2.81% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The margin for the year ended December 31, 2007, included net interest income earned on stock subscription proceeds held in escrow at Northfield Bank until the stock offering was completed. Average interest-earning assets decreased by $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to the prior year due primarily to the sale of two branch locations and related deposit liabilities in the first quarter of 2007, and pay-downs of mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by subscription proceeds received.
 
Provision for Loan Losses.   We recorded a provision for loan losses of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, and $235,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. We had charge-offs of $836,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The allowance for loans losses was $5.6 million, or 1.33% of total loans receivable at December 31, 2007, compared to $5.0 million, or 1.23% of total loans receivable at December 31, 2006. The increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to increases in loss reserves on impaired loans related to declines in estimated fair values of real estate securing these loans, as well as an increase in loan loss factors utilized in the calculation of loan loss reserves for commercial real estate, land, and construction loans to reflect general deterioration in economic conditions and real estate values in our market place. To the best of our knowledge, we have provided for all losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Non-interest Income.   Non-interest income increased $4.9 million or 106.0%, to $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to the gain on sale of two branch offices and associated deposit relationships in March 2007, which resulted in our recognizing a gain of approximately $4.3 million. Non-interest income was also positively impacted by an increase in income on bank owned life insurance of $463,000. Income on bank owned life insurance increased due to the purchase of $7.0 million of new policies during the first quarter of 2007.
 
Non-interest Expense.   Non-interest expense increased $12.1 million, or 50.9%, to $36.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to the contribution of shares of our common stock and cash with a value of $12.0 million to the Northfield Bank Foundation during the fourth quarter of 2007. Compensation and employee benefits decreased by $766,000 to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily related to a $1.6 million charge related to a supplemental retirement agreement entered into by the Company with its former president during the third


43


Table of Contents

quarter of 2006, partially offset by annual merit and cost of living increases as well as increased staff in the lending and compliance departments. Other expenses increased $728,000 to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was attributable to increases in advertising and employee training.
 
Income Tax Expense.   The Company recorded a benefit for income taxes of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to a provision of $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decline in income tax expense related to a decrease in pre-tax income, as well as our reversal of $4.5 million in state and local income tax liabilities, net of federal taxes. The Company concluded an audit by the State of New York with respect to the Company’s combined state tax returns for years 2000 through 2006.
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
 
General.   Net income decreased $2.3 million, or 17.6%, to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was caused by a decrease in our net interest income, due primarily to higher interest expense and the flattening of the yield curve, and increased non-interest expense, primarily compensation and employee benefits. The decrease in net interest income and increase in non-interest expense were partially offset by higher non-interest income related primarily to increases in fees and services charges for customer services, a decrease in the provision for loan losses due primarily to reduced growth in the loan portfolio for 2006 compared to 2005, and a reduction in income tax expense related to reduced levels of taxable income offset by the recognition of a deferred tax liability in 2005 pertaining to New York state and city tax bad debt reserves.
 
Interest Income.   Interest income decreased $1.4 million, or 2.2%, to $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease resulted from a decrease in the average balance of interest-earning assets, which decreased $134.6 million, or 9.4%, to $1.30 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $1.43 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005, which was partially offset by an increase of 37 basis points in the average yield on interest-earning assets to 5.00% for the year ended December 31, 2006, from 4.63% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The average rate earned on interest-earning assets increased as we continued to reinvest our interest-earning assets into higher yielding loans and shorter-term investment securities and cash equivalents, including federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions.
 
Interest income on mortgage-backed securities decreased $8.0 million, or 19.6%, to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $40.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease resulted from a decrease in the average balance of mortgage-backed securities of $194.0 million, or 19.5%, to $799.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $993.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available-for-sale to fund loan originations and deposit withdrawals and to repay borrowings. The yield we earned on mortgage-backed securities was 4.10% during each of the years.
 
Interest income on loans increased $4.6 million, or 20.0%, to $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The average balance of loans increased $40.4 million, or 11.0%, to $407.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $366.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, reflecting our continued efforts to grow our loan portfolio. The average yield on our loan portfolio increased 51 basis points, to 6.76% for the year ended December 31, 2006, from 6.25% for the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily as a result of increases in interest rates on our adjustable-rate loans and the higher rates we earned on our newly-originated loans. We raised our rates on loan products concurrently with similar increases by our competitors during a period of increases in market interest rates.
 
Interest Expense.   Interest expense increased $4.2 million, or 17.2%, to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase resulted from an increase in interest expense on certificates of deposit. Although the average balance of total interest bearing


44


Table of Contents

deposits decreased in 2006 as compared to 2005, the composition of those deposits shifted to higher cost certificates of deposit.
 
Interest expense on certificates of deposit increased $7.9 million, or 73.1%, to $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was caused by both an increase in the average rate we paid on certificates of deposit and the average balance of certificates of deposit. The average rate we paid on certificates of deposit increased 131 basis points to 3.96% for the year ended December 31, 2006, from 2.65% for the year ended December 31, 2005. We increased rates on certificates of deposits in response to higher rates offered by our competitors. In addition, the average balance of certificates of deposit increased $64.4 million, or 15.7%, to $474.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $409.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our customers transferred funds from savings accounts (a decrease in average balance of $89.3 million, or 18.3%, between the years) to higher interest-paying certificates of deposit.
 
Interest expense on borrowings (repurchase agreements and other borrowings) decreased $3.4 million, or 34.5%, to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The average balance of borrowings decreased $120.4 million, or 39.9%, to $181.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $301.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, as we used the proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available-for-sale to fund our operations and to repay borrowings.
 
Net Interest Income.   Net interest income decreased $5.6 million, or 13.3%, to $36.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Decreases in our net interest rate spread and net interest margin offset an increase in net interest-earning assets. Our net interest rate spread decreased 27 basis points to 2.40% for the year ended December 31, 2006, from 2.67% for the year ended December 31, 2005, and our net interest margin decreased 13 basis points to 2.81% for the year ended December 31, 2006, from 2.94% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease in our net interest rate spread and net interest margin are consistent with the continued flattening and eventual inversion of the yield curve. From June 30, 2004, to September 30, 2006, the Federal Reserve Board increased its target for the federal funds rate from 1.0% to 5.25%. While these short-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our deposits) have increased, longer-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our longer-term loans) have not increased to the same degree. If rates on our deposits and borrowings continue to reprice upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we would experience further compression of our interest rate spread and net interest margin, which would have a negative effect on our profitability. Net interest-earning assets increased $12.0 million to $206.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $194.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
Provision for Loan Losses.   We recorded a provision for loan losses of $235,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006, and a provision for loan losses of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We had no charge-offs or recoveries during either of the two years. The allowance for loans losses was $5.0 million, or 1.23% of total loans receivable at December 31, 2006, compared to $4.8 million, or 1.24% of total loans receivable at December 31, 2005.
 
The decrease in provision for loan losses in 2006 as compared to 2005 was based, in part, on a reduced level of loan growth. Total loans increased $21.4 million, or 5.5% during the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $67.1 million, or 20.9%, during the year ended December 31, 2005. The effect of the decrease in loan growth was partially offset by higher levels of non-accrual loans in 2006 as compared to 2005. Total non-accrual loans increased to $6.3 million at December 31, 2006, as compared to $1.4 million at December 31, 2005. The effect on the provision for loan losses was substantially mitigated by the majority of the increase in non-accrual loans being related, in management’s assessment, to adequately secure commercial real estate loans. Approximately $6.2 million, or 87.3% of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2006, were secured by real property. To the best of our knowledge, we have provided for all losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at December 31, 2006 and 2005.


45


Table of Contents

Non-interest Income.   Non-interest income increased $246,000 or 5.6%, to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $150,000, or 5.1%, in service charges for customer services as a result of an increase in the rates charged on overdraft fees, and an increase in gain on securities transactions, net of $72,000 or 60.5% as a result of increased market value in our trading securities.
 
Non-interest Expense.   Non-interest expense increased $2.6 million, or 12.0%, to $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase of $2.4 million, or 21.7%, in compensation and employee benefits expense to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable to our entering into a supplemental retirement agreement with our former President, who is a current director. We recorded the present value of the future obligation, resulting in a charge of approximately $1.6 million. The remaining increase is primarily attributable to annual merit and cost of living increases as well as increased staff in the Bank Secrecy Act and Internal Audit Departments. Professional fees decreased $116,000, or 9.8%, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. We incurred approximately $598,000 in professional fees during 2005 related to the investigation of a consumer complaint that resulted in no further actions required to be taken on our part. However, we incurred significant professional fees in 2006 related to outsourcing costs for assistance pertaining to our Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering programs, internal audit outsourcing, and assistance in enhancing our internal control documentation for the documentation and testing concepts of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s Auditing Standard No. 5, “An Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Performed in Conjunction With an Audit of Financial Statements.”
 
Income Tax Expense.   The provision for income taxes was $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, reflecting a decrease in pre-tax income between the years. Our effective tax rate was 36.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to 44.1% for the year ended December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2005, Northfield Bank did not meet the definition of a domestic building and loan association for New York State and City tax purposes because of the increased amount of our investment in our real estate investment trust subsidiary as a percentage of total assets. As a result, we were required to recognize a $2.2 million deferred tax liability for state and city thrift-related base-year bad debt reserves accumulated after December 31, 1987. Additionally, tax-exempt income (specifically from bank owned life insurance) increased, as a percentage of total income during the year ended December 31, 2006, resulting in a lower effective tax rate.


46


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Yields.
 
The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the years indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments have been made, as we had no tax-free interest-earning assets during the years. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.
 
                                                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Average
          Average
    Average
          Average
    Average
          Average
 
    Outstanding
          Yield/
    Outstanding
          Yield/
    Outstanding
          Yield/
 
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans
  $ 423,947     $ 28,398       6.70 %   $ 407,068     $ 27,522       6.76 %   $ 366,677     $ 22,926       6.25 %
Mortgage-backed securities
    718,279       30,576       4.26       799,244       32,764       4.10       993,266       40,733       4.10  
Other securities
    45,077       2,100       4.66       51,883       2,397       4.62       44,510       1,727       3.88  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
    6,486       519       8.00       9,582       592       6.18       14,091       648       4.60  
Interest-earning deposits
    92,202       4,109       4.46       30,435       1,592       5.23       14,230       268       1.88  
                                                                         
Total interest-earning assets
    1,285,991       65,702       5.11       1,298,212       64,867       5.00       1,432,774       66,302       4.63  
Non-interest-earning assets
    66,614                       49,564                       61,021                  
                                                                         
Total assets
  $ 1,352,605                     $ 1,347,776                     $ 1,493,795                  
                                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
NOW accounts
  $ 49,209       951       1.93     $ 37,454       349       0.93     $ 38,782       205       0.53  
Savings accounts
    401,003       2,600       0.65       398,852       2,788       0.70       488,109       3,289       0.67  
Certificates of deposit
    464,552       20,212       4.35       474,313       18,797       3.96       409,932       10,857       2.65  
                                                                         
Total interest-bearing deposits
    914,764       23,763       2.60       910,619       21,934       2.41       936,823       14,351       1.53  
Repurchase agreements
    104,927       4,202       4.00       154,855       5,501       3.55       241,563       8,311       3.44  
Other borrowings
    22,999       871       3.79       26,441       971       3.67       60,086       1,572       2.62  
                                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1,042,690       28,836       2.77       1,091,915       28,406       2.60       1,238,472       24,234       1.96  
Non-interest-bearing deposits
    96,796                       89,989                       91,956                  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    13,905                       11,261                       10,904                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities
    1,153,391                       1,193,165                       1,341,332                  
Stockholders’ equity
    199,214                       154,611                       152,463                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,352,605                     $ 1,347,776                     $ 1,493,795                  
                                                                         
Net interest income
          $ 36,866                     $ 36,461                     $ 42,068          
                                                                         
Net interest rate spread(1)
                    2.34 %                     2.40 %                     2.67 %
Net interest-earning assets(2)
  $ 243,301                     $ 206,297                     $ 194,302                  
                                                                         
Net interest margin(3)
                    2.87 %                     2.81 %                     2.94 %
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
    123.33 %                     118.89 %                     115.69 %                
 
 
(1) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(2) Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.


47


Table of Contents

 
Rate/Volume Analysis
 
The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,
 
    2007 vs. 2006     2006 vs. 2005  
    Increase (Decrease)
    Total
    Increase (Decrease)
    Total
 
    Due to     Increase
    Due to     Increase
 
    Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Loans
  $ 1,128     $ (252 )   $ 876     $ 2,644     $ 1,952     $ 4,596  
Mortgage-backed securities
    (3,524 )     1,336       (2,188 )     (7,954 )     (15 )     (7,969 )
Other securities
    (317 )     20       (297 )     311       359       670  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
    (844 )     771       (73 )     763       (819 )     (56 )
Interest-earning deposits
    2,715       (198 )     2,517       517       807       1,324  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
    (842 )     1,677       835       (3,719 )     2,284       (1,435 )
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
NOW accounts
    136       466       602       (7 )     151       144  
Savings accounts
    15       (203 )     (188 )     (630 )     129       (501 )
Certificates of deposit
    (377 )     1,792       1,415       1,909       6,031       7,940  
                                                 
Total deposits
    (226 )     2,055       1,829       1,272       6,311       7,583  
Repurchase agreements
    (2,147 )     848       (1,299 )     (3,090 )     280       (2,810 )
Other borrowings
    (132 )     32       (100 )     (2,153 )     1,552       (601 )
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    (2,505 )     2,935       430       (3,971 )     8,143       4,172  
                                                 
Change in net interest income
  $ 1,663     $ (1,258 )   $ 405     $ 252     $ (5,859 )   $ (5,607 )
                                                 
 
Management of Market Risk
 
General.   Since a majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. A significant form of our market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of mortgage-related assets and loans, have longer maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy involves managing interest rate risk and limiting the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our board of directors has established a management asset liability committee, comprised of our Treasurer, who chairs this Committee, our Chief Executive Officer, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, our Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer and our Executive Vice President of Operations. This committee is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for recommending to the asset liability management committee of our board of directors the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors.


48


Table of Contents

We seek to manage our interest rate risk in order to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. As part of our ongoing asset-liability management, we currently use the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk:
 
  •  originate commercial real estate loans and multifamily loans that generally tend to have interest rates that reset at five years;
 
  •  invest in shorter maturity investment grade corporate securities and mortgage-backed securities; and
 
  •  obtaining general financing through lower cost deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements.
 
Net Portfolio Value Analysis.   We compute the net present value of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (net portfolio value or “NPV”) over a range of assumed market interest rates. Our simulation model uses a discounted cash flow analysis to measure the net portfolio value. We estimate the economic value of these assets and liabilities under the assumption that interest rates experience an instantaneous, parallel, and sustained increase or decrease of 100 and 200 basis points. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below.
 
Net Interest Income Analysis.   We also analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through our net interest income model. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a twelve-month period. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under the assumption that interest rates experience an instantaneous and sustained increase or decrease of 100 or 200 basis points.
 
The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2007, our calculation of the estimated changes in our net portfolio value and net interest income that would result from the designated instantaneous and sustained changes in interest rates. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied on as indicative of actual results.
 
                                                     
    NPV   Net Interest Income
Change in
      Increase (Decrease) in
      Increase (Decrease) in
Interest Rates
      Estimated NPV   Estimated Net
  Estimated Net Interest Income
(Basis Points)(1)
  Estimated NPV(2)   Amount   Percent   Interest Income   Amount   Percent
(Dollars in thousands)
 
  +200     $ 382,916     $ (39,622 )     (9.38 )%   $ 40,530     $ (2,333 )     (5.44 )%
  +100       402,308       (20,230 )     (4.79 )     41,769       (1,094 )     (2.55 )
  0       422,538                   42,863              
  −100       439,886       17,348       4.11       42,897       34       0.08  
  −200       445,792       23,254       5.50       41,202       (1,661 )     (3.88 )
 
 
(1) Assumes an instantaneous and sustained uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
 
(2) NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
 
The table above indicates that at December 31, 2007, in the event of a 200 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 5.50% increase in net portfolio value and a 3.88% decrease in net interest income. In the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 9.38% decrease in net portfolio value and a 5.44% decrease in net interest income. Our policies provide that in the event of a 200 basis point increase/decrease or less in interest rates, our net portfolio value as a percentage of total assets should decrease by no more than 400 basis points and our projected net interest income should decrease by no more than 20%. Additionally, our policy states that our net portfolio value should be at least 9.5% of total


49


Table of Contents

assets before such shock at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007 we were in compliance with all board approved policies with respect to interest rate risk management.
 
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in determining interest rate risk through changes in net portfolio value and net interest income. Our model requires us to make certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the net portfolio value and net interest income information presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assume that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although interest rate risk calculations provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Liquidity is the ability to fund assets and meet obligations as they come due. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings through repurchase agreements and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, and maturities and sales of securities. In addition, we have the ability to borrow through repurchase agreements in wholesale markets. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Our Board Asset and Liability Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies. We seek to maintain a ratio of liquid assets (not subject to pledge) as a percentage of deposits and borrowings (not subject to pledge) of 35% or greater. At December 31, 2007, this ratio was 80.33%. We believe that we had enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of December 31, 2007.
 
We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of:
 
  •  expected loan demand;
 
  •  expected deposit flows;
 
  •  yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities; and
 
  •  the objectives of our asset/liability management program.
 
Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend on our operating, financing and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2007, cash and cash equivalents totaled $25.1 million. At December 31, 2007, we had $270,000 of loans classified as held for sale. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we sold $6.2 million of long-term, fixed-rate loans. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $802.8 million at December 31, 2007, and we had $124.4 million in outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2007.
 
At December 31, 2007, we had $39.0 million in outstanding loan commitments. In addition, we had $13.5 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2007 totaled $378.1 million, or 43.1% of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including loan sales, other deposit products, including replacement certificates of deposit, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and other borrowing sources. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2008. We believe, based on past experience, that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us, and we have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.


50


Table of Contents

Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Our primary investing activities are purchasing mortgage-backed securities and originating loans. During the years ended December 31, 2007, and 2006, we purchased securities classified as available-for-sale totaling $309.5 million and $40.5 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2007, and 2006, we originated $126.6 million and $129.0 million of loans, respectively.
 
Financing activities consist primarily of changes in deposit accounts and borrowings (repurchase agreements and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances). We experienced a net decrease in total deposits of $112.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, and a net decrease of $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2007 resulted primarily from the transfer of $82.4 million in deposits to stockholders’ equity as part of the stock offering closing on November 7, 2007 and the sale of two branch locations and related deposit relationships of $26.6 million during the first quarter of 2007. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, specific rates, and products offered by us compared to our competitors, and by other factors.
 
We experienced a net decrease in borrowings of $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and a net decrease of $100.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2007, we had the ability to borrow an additional $200.0 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York.
 
Northfield Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2007, Northfield Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Northfield Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Supervision and Regulation — Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Requirements” and Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The net proceeds from the stock offering have significantly increased our liquidity and capital. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, resulting in increased net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected in the future.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
 
Commitments.   As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process applicable to loans we originate. In addition, we routinely enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans; such amounts are not significant to our operations. For additional information, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Contractual Obligations.   In the ordinary course of our operations we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities, and agreements with respect to investments.
 
The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2007. The payment amounts represent those amounts due to


51


Table of Contents

the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
    Less Than
    One to Three
    Three to Five
    More Than
       
Contractual Obligations
  One Year     Years     Years     Five Years     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Long-term debt(1)
  $ 82,574     $ 40,000     $     $     $ 122,574  
Operating leases
    1,247       2,330       1,892       6,225       11,694  
Capitalized leases
    344       719       763       1,886       3,712  
Certificates of deposit
    378,125       19,469       4,990       3       402,587  
FIN 48 liabilities
    2,700                         2,700  
                                         
Total
  $ 464,990     $ 62,518     $ 7,645     $ 8,114     $ 543,267  
                                         
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 52,478     $     $     $     $ 52,478  
                                         
 
 
(1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances, repurchase agreements and accrued interest payable at December 31, 2007.
 
Impact of Recent Accounting Standards and Interpretations
 
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued revised SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” or SFAS No. 141(R). SFAS No. 141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of SFAS No. 141 that the acquisition method of accounting (formerly the purchase method) be used for all business combinations; that an acquirer be identified for each business combination; and that intangible assets be identified and recognized separately from goodwill. SFAS No. 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date, with limited exceptions. Additionally, SFAS No. 141(R) changes the requirements for recognizing assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contingencies and recognizing and measuring contingent consideration. SFAS No. 141(R) also enhances the disclosure requirements for business combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and may not be applied before that date. SFAS No. 141(R) is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51.” SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Among other things, SFAS No. 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements and requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. SFAS No. 160 also amends SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share,” so that earnings per share calculations in consolidated financial statements will continue to be based on amounts attributable to the parent. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and is applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which it is initially applied, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which are to be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
In November 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 109, “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings.” SAB No. 109 provides views on the accounting for written loan commitments recorded at fair value under GAAP. SAB No. 109


52


Table of Contents

supersedes SAB No. 105, “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments.” Specifically, SAB No. 109 states that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of a loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. The provisions of SAB No. 109 are applicable on a prospective basis to written loan commitments recorded at fair value under GAAP that are issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. SAB No. 109 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
In June 2007, the FASB ratified a consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, on Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards,” which clarifies the accounting for income tax benefits related to the payment of dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are charged to retained earnings under SFAS No. 123(R). The EITF concluded that a realized income tax benefit from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and are paid to employees for equity classified nonvested equity shares, nonvested equity share units and outstanding equity share options should be recognized as an increase to additional paid-in capital. EITF Issue No. 06-11 should be applied prospectively to the income tax benefits that result from dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Retrospective application to previously issued financial statements is prohibited. EITF Issue No. 06-11 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. At the effective date, an entity may elect the fair value option for eligible items that exist at that date and report the effect of the first remeasurement to fair value as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Subsequent to the effective date, unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are to be reported in earnings. If the fair value option is elected for any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity securities at the effective date, cumulative unrealized gains and losses at that date are included in the cumulative-effect adjustment and those securities are to be reported as trading securities under SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” but the accounting for a transfer to the trading category under SFAS No. 115 does not apply. Electing the fair value option for an existing held-to-maturity security will not call into question the intent of an entity to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. SFAS No. 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 159 does not affect any existing accounting literature that requires certain assets and liabilities to be carried at fair value and does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting standards. SFAS No. 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption was permitted; however, we did not elect early adoption and therefore adopted the standard as of January 1, 2008. Upon adoption, we did not elect the fair value option for eligible items that existed at January 1, 2008.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The expanded disclosures include a requirement to disclose fair value measurements according to a hierarchy, segregating measurements using (1) quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, (2) significant other observable inputs and (3) significant unobservable inputs. SFAS No. 157 applies only to fair value measurements already required or permitted by other accounting standards and does not impose requirements for additional fair value measures. SFAS No. 157 was issued to increase consistency and comparability in reporting fair values. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The provisions are to be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which the statement is initially applied, with certain exceptions. A transition adjustment, measured as the difference between the carrying amounts and the fair values of certain specific financial instruments at the date SFAS No. 157 is initially applied, is to be


53


Table of Contents

recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for the fiscal year in which SFAS No. 157 is initially applied. SFAS No. 157 will affect certain of our fair value disclosures, but is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
 
Our consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration for changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The effect of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than the effects of inflation.
 
ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
For information regarding market risk see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations.”
 
ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


54


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
Avenel, New Jersey:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/   KPMG LLP
 
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 24, 2008


55


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands,
 
    except share data)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
  $ 7,277       8,293  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    17,811       38,331  
Federal funds sold
          14,000  
                 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    25,088       60,624  
                 
Certificates of deposit
    24,500       5,200  
Trading securities
    3,605       2,667  
Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (encumbered $139,829 in 2007 and $101,984 in 2006)
    802,817       713,498  
Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (estimated fair value of $19,440 and $25,519 in 2007 and 2006, respectively) (encumbered $6,338 in 2007 and $6,939 in 2006)
    19,686       26,169  
Loans held-for-sale
    270       125  
Loans held-for-investment, net
    424,329       409,189  
Allowance for loan losses
    (5,636 )     (5,030 )
                 
Net loans held-for-investment
    418,693       404,159  
                 
Accrued interest receivable
    5,600       5,624  
Bank owned life insurance
    41,560       32,866  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost
    6,702       7,186  
Premises and equipment, net
    7,727       8,232  
Goodwill
    16,159       16,159  
Other assets
    14,511       12,238  
                 
Total assets
  $ 1,386,918       1,294,747  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES
               
Deposits
  $ 877,225       989,789  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    102,000       106,000  
Other borrowings
    22,420       22,534  
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    843       783  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    17,090       11,647  
                 
Total liabilities
    1,019,578       1,130,753  
                 
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding
           
Common stock, $.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized, 44,803,061 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007, $.001 par value and 20,000,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006
    448        
Additional paid-in-capital
    199,395       510  
Unallocated common stock held by employee stock ownership plan
    (16,977 )      
Retained earnings
    187,992       177,731  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (3,518 )     (14,247 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    367,340       163,994  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,386,918       1,294,747  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


56


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
Interest income:
                       
Loans
  $ 28,398       27,522       22,926  
Mortgage-backed securities
    30,576       32,764       40,733  
Other securities
    2,100       2,397       1,727  
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York dividends
    519       592       648  
Deposits in other financial institutions
    4,109       1,592       268  
                         
Total interest income
    65,702       64,867       66,302  
                         
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
    23,763       21,934       14,351  
Borrowings
    5,073       6,472       9,883  
                         
Total interest expense
    28,836       28,406       24,234  
                         
Net interest income
    36,866       36,461       42,068  
Provision for loan losses
    1,442       235       1,629  
                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    35,424       36,226       40,439  
                         
Non-interest income:
                       
Fees and service charges for customer services
    3,132       3,114       2,964  
Income on bank owned life insurance
    1,694       1,231       1,210  
Gain on securities transactions, net
    71       191       119  
Gain on sale of premises and equipment and deposit relationships
    4,308              
Other
    273       64       61  
                         
Total non-interest income
    9,478       4,600       4,354  
                         
Non-interest expense:
                       
Compensation and employee benefits
    12,685       13,451       11,053  
Occupancy
    3,062       3,074       2,836  
Furniture and equipment
    852       810       847  
Data processing
    2,425       2,382       2,159  
Professional fees
    1,218       1,073       1,189  
Contribution to Northfield Bank Foundation
    11,952              
Other
    3,756       3,028       3,174  
                         
Total non-interest expense
    35,950       23,818       21,258  
                         
Income before income tax (benefit) expense
    8,952       17,008       23,535  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (1,555 )     6,166       10,376  
                         
Net income
  $ 10,507       10,842       13,159  
                         
Net loss per common share(1)
    (0.03 )     NA       NA  
 
 
(1) Net loss per share is calculated for the period that the Company’s shares of common stock were outstanding (November 8, 2007 through December 31, 2007). The net loss for this period was $1,501,000 and the weighted average common shares outstanding were 43,076,586.
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


57


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
 
                                                         
    Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005  
                      Unallocated
          Accumulated
       
                      Common Stock
          Other
       
    Common Stock     Additional
    Held by the
          Comprehensive
    Total
 
          Par
    Paid-In
    Employee Stock
    Retained
    (Loss) Income,
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Value     Capital     Ownership Plan     Earnings     Net of Tax     Equity  
    (In thousands except share data)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    100     $       510             153,730       (2,256 )     151,984  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                       
Net income
                                    13,159               13,159  
Net unrealized holding losses on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $9,370)
                                            (13,384 )     (13,384 )
                                                         
Total comprehensive loss
                                                    (225 )
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    100             510             166,889       (15,640 )     151,759  
                                                         
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                                    10,842               10,842  
Net unrealized holding gains on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $1,042)
                                            1,564       1,564  
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $24)
                                            (36 )     (36 )
                                                         
Total comprehensive income
                                                    12,370  
                                                         
Adoption SFAS 158 (net of tax of $116)
                                            (135 )     (135 )
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    100     $       510             177,731       (14,247 )     163,994  
                                                         
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                                    10,507               10,507  
Net unrealized holding gains on securities arising during the year (net of tax of $7,069)
                                            10,897       10,897  
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $4)
                                            (5 )     (5 )
Net actuarial loss on other postretirement benefits arising during year (net of tax of $145)
                                            (180 )     (180 )
Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income (net of tax of $7)
                                            9       9  
Reclassification adjustment for service cost included in net income (net of tax of $6)
                                            8       8  
                                                         
Total comprehensive income
                                                    21,236  
                                                         
Contribution from Northfield Bancorp, MHC
                    500                               500  
Sale of 19,265,316 shares of common stock, issuance of 24,641,584 shares to the mutual holding company, and issuance of 896,061 shares to Northfield Bank Foundation
    44,802,961       448       198,350               (246 )             198,552  
Purchase of common stock by the ESOP
                            (17,563 )                     (17,563 )
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released
                    35       586                       621  
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2007
    44,803,061     $ 448       199,395       (16,977 )     187,992       (3,518 )     367,340  
                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


58


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 10,507       10,842       13,159  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for loan losses
    1,442       235       1,629  
Depreciation
    1,326       1,298       1,315  
(Accretion) amortization of premium and discounts on securities, and deferred loan fees and costs
    (60 )     781       4  
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights
    171       214       245  
Income on bank owned life insurance
    (1,694 )     (1,231 )     (1,210 )
Contribution of common stock to Northfield Bank Foundation
    8,952              
Net gain on sale of loans
    (60 )     (67 )     (81 )
Proceeds from sale of loans
    6,265       1,109       6,175  
Origination of mortgage loans held-for-sale
    (6,350 )     (1,251 )     (6,114 )
Gain on securities transactions, net
    (71 )     (191 )     (119 )
Gain on sale of deposit relationships
    (3,660 )            
Gain on sale of premises and equipment, net
    (648 )            
Purchases of trading securities
    (876 )     (176 )     (154 )
Decrease in accrued interest receivable
    24       24       105  
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    711       (122 )     1,304  
Deferred taxes
    (10,396 )     (526 )     462  
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities
    5,443       (542 )     1,600  
Amortization of core deposit intangible
    386       368       619  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    11,412       10,765       18,939  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Net increase in loans receivable
    (16,029 )     (21,269 )     (66,529 )
Redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, net
    484       4,343       4,146  
Purchases of securities available-for-sale
    (309,396 )     (40,532 )     (109,731 )
Principal payments and maturities on securities available-for-sale
    234,457       171,774       236,038  
Principal payments and maturities on securities held-to-maturity
    6,476       8,668       21,298  
Proceeds from sale of securities available-for-sale
    3,705       20,100        
Purchases of certificates of deposit
    (50,500 )     (10,210 )     (200 )
Proceeds from maturities of certificates of deposit
    31,200       5,220       200  
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
    (7,000 )            
Additions to premises and equipment
    (897 )     (1,115 )     (713 )
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
    1,473       20        
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (106,027 )     136,999       84,509  
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Net decrease in deposits
    (3,560 )     (20,357 )     (31,387 )
Deposit relationship sold, net
    (22,985 )            
Net proceeds from sale of common stock
    107,241              
Purchase of common stock for ESOP
    (17,563 )            
Increase (decrease) in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    60       (56 )     89  
Repayments under capital lease obligations
    (114 )     (95 )     (79 )
Proceeds from securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    83,000       5,000       81,000  
Repayments related to securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    (87,000 )     (105,000 )     (185,500 )
Repayments from FHLB advances
          (5,000 )      
Net decrease in short-term borrowings
                (23,500 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    59,079       (125,508 )     (159,377 )
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (35,536 )     22,256       (55,929 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    60,624       38,368       94,297  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 25,088       60,624       38,368  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 28,657       28,809       24,215  
Income taxes
    4,298       8,760       8,321  
Transfer of premises and equipment to held-for-sale
          749        
Deposits utilized to purchase common stock
    82,359              
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


59


Table of Contents

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
 
(1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
The following significant accounting and reporting policies of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”), conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (GAAP), and are used in preparing and presenting these consolidated financial statements.
 
(a)  Basis of Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements are comprised of the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Northfield Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned significant subsidiaries, NSB Services Corp. and NSB Realty Trust. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
In 1995, the Bank completed a Plan of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization, utilizing a single-tier mutual holding company structure. In a series of steps, the Bank formed a New York-chartered mutual holding company (“NSB Holding Corp.”) which owned 100% of the common stock of the Bank. In 2002, NSB Holding Corp. formed Northfield Holdings Corp., a New York-chartered stock corporation, and contributed 100% of the common stock of the Bank into Northfield Holdings Corp..which owned 100% of the common stock of Northfield Holdings Corp. In 2006, Northfield Holdings Corp.’s name was changed to Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and Northfield Savings Bank name was changed to Northfield Bank. In 2007, NSB Holding Corp.’s name was changed to Northfield Bancorp, MHC.
 
As part of the stock issuance plan announced in April 2007,Northfield Bank converted to a federally-charted savings bank from a New York-chartered savings bank effective November 6, 2007. Northfield Bank’s primary federal regulator is the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and was previously the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Simultaneously with Northfield Bank’s conversion, Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. converted to federal-chartered holding companies from New York-chartered holding companies.
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheets and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions. A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term is the allowance for loan losses. In connection with the determination of this allowance, management generally obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. Judgments related to goodwill, and securities valuation and impairment are also critical because they involve a higher degree of complexity and subjectivity and require estimates and assumptions about highly uncertain matters. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions.
 
Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
(b)  Business
 
The Company, through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, provides a full range of banking services primarily to individuals and corporate customers in Richmond and Kings Counties, in New York, and Union and Middlesex Counties, in New Jersey. The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions and to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies, and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.


60


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(c)  Cash Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, due from banks, federal funds sold, and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions with an original term of three months or less. Certificates of deposit with original maturities of greater than three months are excluded from cash equivalents and reported as a separate line item on the consolidated balance sheets.
 
(d)  Securities
 
Securities are classified at the time of purchase, based on management’s intention, as securities held-to-maturity, securities available-for-sale, or trading account securities. Securities held-to-maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity. Securities held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the level-yield method over the contractual term of the securities, adjusted for actual prepayments. Trading securities are securities that are bought and may be held for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Trading securities are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of gain on securities transactions, net in non-interest income. Securities available-for-sale represents all securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading. Securities available-for-sale are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses (net of related tax effects) on such securities excluded from earnings, but included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, titled “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” The cost of securities sold is determined using the specific-identification method. Security transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis. A periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio is conducted to determine if the estimated fair value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such impairment is other-than-temporary. If such decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss charged to earnings. The estimated fair value of debt securities, including mortgage-backed securities and corporate debt obligations is furnished by an independent third party pricing service.
 
(e)  Loans
 
Net loans held-for-investment, are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted by unamortized premiums and unearned discounts, deferred origination fees and certain direct origination costs, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to income as earned. Net loan origination fees/costs are deferred and accreted/amortized to interest income over the loan’s contractual life using the level-yield method, adjusted for actual prepayments. Loans held-for-sale are designated at time of origination and generally consist of fixed rate residential loans with terms of 15 years or more and are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Gains or losses are recognized on a settlement-date basis and are determined by the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans, including any net deferred fees or costs.
 
The Company defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the Company will not collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Homogeneous loans collectively evaluated for impairment, such as smaller balance loans are excluded from the impaired loan portfolio. The Company has defined the population of impaired loans to be all non-accrual loans with an outstanding balance of $500,000 or greater. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the estimated fair value of the loan, or the underlying collateral (less estimated costs to sell) if the loan is collateral dependent. If the estimated fair


61


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
value of the loan is below the carrying value, the Company provides a valuation allowance, which is included in the allowance for loan losses.
 
The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged against income and is decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loan losses are charged-off in the period the loans, or portion thereof, are deemed uncollectible. The provision for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance which considers, among other things, the estimated fair value of impaired loans, past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, changes if any, in: underwriting standards; collection; charge-off and recovery practices; the nature or volume of the portfolio; lending staff; concentration of loans; as well as current economic conditions; and other relevant factors. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to provide for probable and reasonably estimatable losses at the date of the consolidated balance sheets. The Company also maintains an allowance for estimated losses on off-balance sheet credit risks related to loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Management utilizes a methodology similar to its allowance for loan loss adequacy methodology to estimate losses on these commitments. The allowance for estimated credit losses on off-balance sheet commitments is included in other liabilities and any changes to the allowance are recorded as a component of other non-interest expense.
 
While management uses available information to recognize probable and reasonably estimatable losses on loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in conditions, including changes in economic conditions, particularly in Richmond and Kings Counties in New York, and Union and Middlesex Counties in New Jersey. Accordingly, as with most financial institutions in the market area, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in conditions in the Company’s marketplace.
 
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
Troubled debt restructured loans are those loans whose terms have been modified, because of deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower, to provide for a reduction of either interest or principal. Once an obligation has been restructured because of such credit problems, it continues to be considered restructured until paid in full or, if the obligation yields a market rate (a rate equal to or greater than the rate the Company was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk), until the year subsequent to the year in which the restructuring takes place, provided the borrower has performed under the modified terms for a six-month period.
 
A loan is considered past due when it is not paid in accordance with its contractual terms. The accrual of income on loans, including impaired loans, and other loans in the process of foreclosure, is generally discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days or more delinquent, or when certain factors indicate reasonable doubt as to the ability of the borrower to meet contractual principal and/or interest obligations. Loans on which the accrual of income has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. All previously accrued interest is reversed against interest income and income is recognized subsequently only in the period that cash is received, provided no principal payments are due and the remaining principal balance outstanding is deemed collectible. A non-accrual loan is not returned to accrual status until both principal and interest payments are brought current and factors indicating doubtful collection no longer exist, including performance by the borrower under the loan terms for a six-month period.


62


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(f)  Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
 
The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (the “FHLB”), is required to hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB as a condition to both becoming a member and engaging in certain transactions with the FHLB. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the minimum investment requirement is determined by a “membership” investment component and an “activity-based” investment component. The membership investment component is the greater of 0.20% of the Bank’s Mortgage-related Assets, as defined by the FHLB, or $1,000. The activity-based investment component is equal to 4.5% of the Bank’s outstanding advances with the FHLB. The activity-based investment component also considers other transactions, including assets originated for or sold to the FHLB and delivery commitments issued by the FHLB. The Company currently does not enter into these other types of transactions with the FHLB.
 
(g)  Premises and Equipment, Net
 
Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment, including capital leases, are computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives of significant classes of assets are generally as follows: buildings — forty years; furniture and equipment — five to seven years; and purchased computer software — three years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Major improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, any gain or loss is credited or charged to operations.
 
(h)  Bank Owned Life Insurance
 
The Company has purchased bank owned life insurance contracts in consideration of its obligations for certain employee benefit costs. The Company’s investment in such insurance contracts has been reported in the consolidated balance sheets at their cash surrender values. Changes in cash surrender values and death benefit proceeds received in excess of the related cash surrender values are recorded as non-interest income.
 
(i)  Goodwill
 
Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is not amortized, but rather is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. For purposes of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing, management has identified a single reporting unit. The Company uses the quoted market price of its common stock on the impairment testing date as the basis for estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, further evaluation is not necessary. However, if the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, further evaluation is required to compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount to determine if a write-down of goodwill is required. As of December 31, 2007, the carrying value of goodwill totaled $16.2 million. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test, as of December 31, 2007, and determined the fair value of the Company’s one reporting unit to be in excess of its carrying value. Accordingly, as of the annual impairment test date, there was no indication of goodwill impairment. The Company will test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount. No events have occurred and no circumstances have changed since the annual impairment test date that would indicate the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount.


63


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(j)  Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Where applicable, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for any portions determined not likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes —  an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” or FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. There was no change to the net amount of assets and liabilities recognized in the balance sheet as a result of our adoption of FIN 48.
 
(k)  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted (and without interest) net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
 
(l)  Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
 
The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (Repurchase Agreements) with selected dealers and banks, primarily the FHLB. Such agreements are accounted for as secured financing transactions since the Company maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. Obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. Securities underlying the agreements are maintained at selected dealers and banks as collateral for each transaction executed and may be sold or pledged by the counterparty. Collateral underlying Repurchase Agreements which permit the counterparty to sell or pledge the underlying collateral is disclosed on the consolidated balance sheets as “encumbered.” The Company retains the right under all Repurchase Agreements to substitute acceptable collateral throughout the terms of the agreement.
 
(m)  Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income and the change in unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, change in actuarial gains and losses on other post retirement benefits, and change in service cost on other postretirement benefits, net of taxes. Comprehensive income (loss) is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.


64


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(n)  Employee Benefits
 
The Company sponsors a defined postretirement benefit plan that provides for medical and life insurance coverage to certain retirees, as well as life insurance to all qualifying employees of the Company. The estimated cost of postretirement benefits earned is accrued during the individuals’ estimated service period to the Company. The Company records compensation expense related to the ESOP at an amount equal to the shares allocated by the ESOP multiplied by the average fair value of our common stock during the reporting period. The difference between the fair value of shares for the period and the cost of the shares allocated by the ESOP is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.
 
(o)  Segment Reporting
 
Substantially all of the Company’s operations involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these community banking operations, which constitute the Company’s only operating segment for financial reporting purposes.
 
(p)  Net loss per Share
 
Net loss per share is computed for the period that the common stock was outstanding in 2007 (November 8, 2007, to December 31, 2007,) by dividing the net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period from November 8, 2007, to December 31, 2007. The weighted average common shares outstanding includes the average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including shares held by Northfield Bancorp, MHC and allocated or committed to be released Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares.
 
Diluted earnings per share is computed using the same method as basic earnings per share, but reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options were exercised and converted into common stock. These potentially dilutive shares would then be included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period using the treasury stock method. As of December 31, 2007, no dilutive securities were outstanding.
 
(q)  Stock Offering
 
The Company completed its initial public stock offering on November 7, 2007. The Company sold 19,265,316 shares, or 43.0% of its outstanding common stock, to subscribers in the offering, including 1,756,279 shares purchased by the Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). Northfield Bancorp, MHC, the Company’s federally chartered mutual holding company parent holds 24,641,684 shares, or 55.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Additionally, the Company contributed $3.0 million in cash, and issued 896,061 shares of common stock, or 2.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock to the Northfield Bank Charitable Foundation. The Northfield Bank Charitable Foundation purchased the common stock for $8,961. This action resulted in a $12.0 million pre-tax expense recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2007. Proceeds from the offering, including the value of shares issued to the charitable foundation but net of expenses, were $198.6 million. The Company contributed $94.8 million of the proceeds to Northfield Bank.


65


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(2)   Securities Available-for-Sale
 
The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities and other securities available-for- sale at December 31 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    2007  
          Gross
    Gross
    Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Pass-through certificates:
                               
Government sponsored enterprises (GSE)
  $ 491,758       1,404       6,600       486,562  
Non-GSE
    29,200             333       28,867  
Real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs):
                               
GSE
    171,709       874       1,376       171,207  
Non-GSE
    36,141       381             36,522  
                                 
      728,808       2,659       8,309       723,158  
                                 
Other securities:
                               
Equity investments
    14,427             15       14,412  
Corporate bonds
    65,146       101             65,247  
                                 
      79,573       101       15       79,659  
                                 
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 808,381       2,760       8,324       802,817  
                                 
 
                                 
    2006  
          Gross
    Gross
    Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Pass-through certificates:
                               
GSE
  $ 552,683       99       19,731       533,051  
Non-GSE
    33,853             638       33,215  
REMICs:
                               
GSE
    98,601             3,162       95,439  
                                 
      685,137       99       23,531       661,705  
                                 
Other securities:
                               
Equity investments
    7,491             43       7,448  
Corporate bonds
    44,390       5       50       44,345  
                                 
      51,881       5       93       51,793  
                                 
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 737,018       104       23,624       713,498  
                                 


66


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following is a summary of the expected maturity distribution of debt securities available-for-sale other than mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2007 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
Available-for-Sale
  Cost     Fair Value  
 
Due within one year
  $ 56,727       56,797  
Due in more than five years through ten years
    8,419       8,450  
                 
Total
    65,146       65,247  
                 
 
Expected maturities on mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.
 
Certain securities available-for-sale are pledged to secure borrowings and for other purposes required by law. At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, securities available-for-sale with a carrying value of $7,834,000 and $12,249,000, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits. See note 7 for further discussion regarding securities pledged for borrowings.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company had gross proceeds of $3,705,000 on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains and gross realized losses of approximately $9,000 and $0, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company had gross proceeds of $20,100,000 on sales of securities available-for-sale with gross realized gains and gross realized losses of approximately $60,000 and $0, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, there were no sales of securities available-for-sale.
 
Gross unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities, equity securities, and corporate bonds available-for-sale, and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated by security category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2007  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value  
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Pass-through certificates:
                                               
GSE
  $ 6       842       6,594       338,344       6,600       339,186  
Non-GSE
                333       28,867       333       28,867  
REMICs:
                                               
GSE
    65       21,082       1,311       91,737       1,376       112,819  
Equity investments
                15       2,223       15       2,223  
                                                 
Total
  $ 71       21,924       8,253       461,171       8,324       483,095  
                                                 
 


67


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value  
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Pass-through certificates:
                                               
GSE
  $ 25       4,617       19,706       518,224       19,731       522,841  
Non-GSE
                    638       33,215       638       33,215  
REMICs:
                                               
GSE
                3,162       95,439       3,162       95,439  
Equity investments
                43       2,101       43       2,101  
Corporate bonds
    3       9,274       47       9,019       50       18,293  
                                                 
Total
  $ 28       13,891       23,596       657,998       23,624       671,889  
                                                 
 
At December 31, 2007, approximately 94% of the mortgage-backed securities in an unrealized loss position were issued by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises and had fixed rates of interest. The cause of the impairment is directly related to an increase in the overall interest rate environment. In general, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed rate securities will increase. The Company generally views changes in fair value caused by changes in interest rates as temporary as long as the underlying security cannot be prepaid in a manner that would result in the Company not receiving substantially all of its recorded investment, which is consistent with the Company’s experience. Therefore, the impairments are deemed temporary based on the direct relationship of the decline in fair value to movements in interest rates, the terms of the investments and the high credit quality. Management has the intent and the Company has the ability to hold these securities until there is a price recovery.
 
The Company invests in a mutual fund primarily comprised of a portfolio of residential loans. The unrealized losses on equity securities at December 31, 2007, were caused primarily by interest rate increases. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired. Management has the intent and the Company has the ability to hold these securities until there is a market price recovery.

68


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(3)   Securities Held-to-Maturity
 
The following is a comparative summary of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity at December 31 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    2007  
          Gross
    Gross
    Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Pass-through certificates:
                               
GSE
  $ 9,202       138       25       9,315  
Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) guaranteed certificates
    4       1             5  
REMICs:
                               
GSE
    10,480             360       10,120  
                                 
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 19,686       139       385       19,440  
                                 
 
                                 
    2006  
          Gross
    Gross
    Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Pass-through certificates:
                               
GSE
  $ 12,734       15       61       12,688  
GNMA
    5       1             6  
REMICs:
                               
GSE
    13,430             605       12,825  
                                 
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 26,169       16       666       25,519  
                                 
 
Certain securities held-to-maturity are pledged to secure borrowings and for other purposes required by law. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, securities held-to-maturity with a carrying value of $0 and $286,000, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits. See note 7 for further discussion regarding securities pledged for borrowings.
 
The Company did not sell any held-to-maturity securities during the three-year period ended December 31, 2007.


69


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Gross unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2007  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value  
 
Pass-through:
                                               
GSE
  $             25       1,193       25       1,193  
REMICs:
                                               
GSE
                360       10,120       360       10,120  
                                                 
Total
  $             385       11,313       385       11,313  
                                                 
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value  
 
Pass-through
                                               
GSE
  $ 10       3,474       51       3,124       61       6,598  
REMICs:
                                               
GSE
    2       502       603       12,323       605       12,825  
                                                 
Total
  $ 12       3,976       654       15,447       666       19,423  
                                                 
 
At December 31, 2007, all of the mortgage-backed securities in an unrealized loss position were issued by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises and had fixed rates of interest. The cause of the impairment is directly related to an increase in the overall interest rate environment. In general, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed rate securities will increase. The Company generally views changes in fair value caused by changes in interest rates as temporary as long as the underlying security cannot be prepaid in a manner that would result in the Company not receiving substantially all of its amortized cost, which is consistent with the Company’s experience. Therefore, the impairments are deemed temporary based on the direct relationship of the decline in fair value to movements in interest rates, the terms of the investments and the high credit quality. Management has the intent and the Company has the ability to hold these securities until there is a market price recovery.


70


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(4)   Loans
 
Loans held-for-investment, net, consists of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Real estate loans:
               
Commercial mortgage
  $ 243,902       207,680  
One- to four-family residential mortgage
    95,246       107,572  
Home equity and line of credit
    12,797       13,922  
Construction and land
    44,850       52,124  
Multifamily
    14,164       13,276  
                 
Total real estate loans
    410,959       394,574  
                 
Commercial and industrial loans
    11,397       11,022  
Savings account loans
    1,452       3,442  
Other loans
    390       155  
                 
Total commercial and industrial, savings account and other loans
    13,239       14,619  
                 
Total loans held-for-investment
    424,198       409,193  
Deferred loan costs (fees), net
    131       (4 )
                 
Loans held-for-investment, net
    424,329       409,189  
Allowance for loan losses
    (5,636 )     (5,030 )
                 
Net loans held-for-investment
  $ 418,693       404,159  
                 
 
Loans held-for-sale consists of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Real estate loans:
               
One -to- four family residential mortgage
  $ 270       125  
                 
Total loans held-for-sale
  $ 270       125  
                 
 
The Company does not have any lending programs commonly referred to as subprime lending. Subprime lending generally targets borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios.
 
The Company, through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, also services first mortgage residential loans for others. The principal balance of serviced loans amounted to $80,081,000 and $83,128,000 at December 31, 2007, and 2006, respectively.


71


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 5,030       4,795       3,166  
Provision for loan losses
    1,442       235       1,629  
Recoveries
                 
Charge-offs
    (836 )            
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 5,636       5,030       4,795  
                         
 
Included in loans receivable are loans for which the accrual of interest income has been discontinued due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrowers. The principal amount of these nonaccrual loans (including impaired loans) was $8,606,000 and $6,342,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest were $1,228,000 and $773,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and consisted of loans that were considered both well-secured and in the process of collection. The Company is under no commitment to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans are on a non-accrual status or who are past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest.
 
The following tables summarize impaired loans (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31, 2007  
          Allowance
       
    Recorded
    for Loan
    Net
 
    Investment     Losses     Investment  
 
Impaired loans
  $ 7,426       (1,030 )     6,396  
                         
Total impaired loans
  $ 7,426       (1,030 )     6,396  
                         
 
                         
    December 31, 2006  
          Allowance
       
    Recorded
    for Loan
    Net
 
    Investment     Losses     Investment  
 
Impaired troubled debt restructured loans
  $ 905       (460 )     445  
Impaired loans
    3,989       (275 )     3,714  
                         
Total impaired loans
  $ 4,894       (735 )     4,159  
                         
 
Included in impaired loans in the December 31, 2006 table above is a loan with a carrying value of approximately $1,873,000, with no specific reserves due to sufficient collateral values supporting the loan.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to these borrowers. There were two Troubled Debt Restructured loans totaling $1.3 million that were current to principal and interest not included in the December 31, 2007 table above. There was one Troubled Debt Restructured loan, not included in the December 31, 2006 table above, in the amount of $842,000 that was thirty days past due. The average recorded balance of impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 was approximately $8,139,000, $1,217,000, and $895,000, respectively. The Company did not record any interest income on a cash basis related to impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005.


72


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(5)   Premises and Equipment, Net
 
At December 31, 2007, and 2006, premises and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
At cost:
               
Land
  $ 566       566  
Buildings and improvements
    2,471       2,490  
Capital leases
    2,600       2,600  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
    9,827       9,423  
Leasehold improvements
    6,343       6,247  
                 
      21,807       21,326  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (14,080 )     (13,094 )
                 
Premises and equipment, net
  $ 7,727       8,232  
                 
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 was $1,326,000, $1,298,000, and $1,315,000, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2006, approximately $749,000 of premises and equipment were held-for-sale and included in other assets. See note 10 for further discussion.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recognized a gain of approximately $648,000 as result of the sale of premises and equipment.


73


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(6)   Deposits
 
Deposits account balances at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
    Amount     Average Rate     Amount     Average Rate  
 
Transaction:
                               
Negotiable orders of withdrawal
  $ 63,589       2.38 %     40,852       1.31  
Non-interest bearing checking
    99,208             95,339        
                                 
Total transaction
    162,797       0.93       136,191       0.39  
                                 
Savings:
                               
Tiered savings
    12,571       0.75       14,258       0.75  
Passbook
    299,270       0.66       342,927       0.68  
                                 
Total savings
    311,841       0.66       357,185       0.68  
                                 
Certificates of deposit:
                               
Under $100,000
    254,964       4.10       304,448       4.31  
$100,000 or more
    147,623       4.22       191,965       4.56  
                                 
Total certificates of deposit
    402,587       4.14       496,413       4.41  
                                 
Total deposits
  $ 877,225       2.31 %     989,789       2.51  
                                 
 
Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2007, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2007  
 
2008
  $ 378,125  
2009
    14,987  
2010
    4,482  
2011
    1,774  
2012 and after
    3,219  
         
    $ 402,587  
         


74


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Negotiable orders of withdrawal
  $ 951       349       205  
Tiered savings
    100       123       162  
Passbook
    2,203       2,665       3,127  
Subscription proceeds
    297              
Certificates of deposits
    20,212       18,797       10,857  
                         
    $ 23,763       21,934       14,351  
                         
 
(7)   Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Borrowings
 
Borrowings are Repurchase Agreements, FHLB advances, and obligations under capital leases and are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Repurchase Agreements
  $ 102,000       106,000  
FHLB advances
    20,000       20,000  
Obligations under capital leases
    2,420       2,534  
                 
    $ 124,420       128,534  
                 
 
FHLB advances are secured by a blanket lien on unencumbered securities, residential mortgage loans, and the Company’s investment in FHLB capital stock.
 
Certain information concerning Repurchase Agreements at December 31, 2007 and 2006, are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Average balance outstanding during the year
  $ 104,927       154,855  
Highest month-end balance during the year
    134,000       189,000  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    4.00 %     3.55  
Weighted average interest at year end
    4.17       3.74  
 
Repurchase Agreements and FHLB advances have contractual maturities at December 31, 2007, as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31, 2007  
    FHLB
    Repurchase
 
    Advances     Agreements  
 
2008
  $ 10,000       72,000  
2009
          30,000  
2010
    10,000        
                 
    $ 20,000       102,000  
                 


75


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following information pertains to Repurchase Agreements, all of which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2007 (dollars in thousands):
 
                                 
    December 31, 2007
       
    Maturing        
    Up to 30 Days     30 to 90 Days     Over 90 Days     Total  
 
Repurchase Agreements
  $ 4,000       43,000       55,000       102,000  
Weighted average interest rate
    3.34 %     4.23 %     4.17 %     4.17 %
Collateral:
                               
Amortized cost
    2,579       29,383       40,845       72,807  
Estimated fair value
    2,461       29,260       40,362       72,083  
Additional securities pledged:
                               
Amortized cost
                            66,804  
Estimated fair value
                            66,553  
 
The Bank has an overnight line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York for $100,000,000. The line is secured by a blanket lien on the Bank’s assets. Additionally, the Bank has a line of credit for $100,000,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York which permits the Bank to borrow for a term of one month. The line is secured by a blanket lien on the Bank’s assets. The Bank had no outstanding balances under these lines at December 31, 2007. These lines expire on July 31, 2008, and may be renewed at the option of the FHLB.
 
Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Repurchase Agreements
  $ 4,202       5,501       8,311  
FHLB advances
    637       676       730  
FHLB over-night borrowings
    15       67       606  
Obligations under capital leases
    219       228       236  
                         
    $ 5,073       6,472       9,883  
                         


76


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(8)   Income Taxes
 
Income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Federal tax expense (benefit):
                       
Current
  $ 8,964       6,635       8,922  
Deferred
    (2,907 )     (868 )     (2,477 )
                         
      6,057       5,767       6,445  
                         
State and local tax expense (benefit):
                       
Current
    (123 )     57       992  
Deferred
    (7,489 )     342       2,939  
                         
      (7,612 )     399       3,931  
                         
    $ (1,555 )     6,166       10,376  
                         
 
The Company has recorded income tax expense (benefit) related to changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale of $7,065,000, $1,018,000, and ($9,370,000), in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. Such amounts are recorded as a component of comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.
 
The Company has also recorded an income tax benefit related to net actuarial losses from other postretirement benefits of $132,000 and $116,000 in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Such amounts are recorded as a component of accumulated comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.
 
Reconciliation between the amount of reported total income tax expense and the amount computed by multiplying the applicable statutory income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Tax expense at statutory rate of 35%
  $ 3,133       5,953       8,237  
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                       
State tax, net of federal income tax
    (4,947 )     259       2,555  
Bank owned life insurance
    (593 )     (430 )     (423 )
Change in state apportionment, net of federal tax
    327              
Utilization of State of New York net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax
    372              
Other, net
    153       384       7  
                         
    $ (1,555 )     6,166       10,376  
                         


77


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 1,270       730  
Deferred loan fees
    9       13  
Capitalized leases
    1,146       1,174  
Charitable deduction carryforward
    4,339        
Deferred compensation
    2,216       1,975  
Accrued salaries
          252  
Postretirement benefits
    451       477  
Unrealized actuarial losses on post retirement benefits
    248       116  
Unrealized loss on securities — AFS
    2,343       9,408  
Step up to fair market value of acquired liabilities
          2  
New York net operating loss carryforwards
          1,062  
Straight-line leases adjustment
    480       517  
Asset retirement obligation
    69       63  
Federal benefit on state income taxes
    1,313        
Reserve for accrued interest receivable
    335       82  
Other
    293       253  
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
    14,512       16,124  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Depreciation
    306       867  
Mortgage servicing rights
    175       233  
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary
          4,552  
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
    268        
Step up to fair market value of acquired loans
    207       309  
Step up to fair market value of acquired investment
    43       78  
Other
    302       351  
                 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    1,301       6,390  
                 
Valuation allowance
    1,076       1,062  
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 12,135       8,672  
                 
 
The Company has determined that a valuation allowance should be established for certain state and local tax benefits related to the Company’s contribution to the Northfield Bank Foundation. The Company has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation reserve for the remaining net deferred tax asset account since it is “more likely than not” that the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. The conclusion that it is “more likely than not” that the remaining net deferred tax assets will be realized is based on the history of earnings and the prospects for continued profitability. Management will continue to review the tax criteria related to the recognition of deferred tax assets.


78


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Certain amendments to the Federal, New York State, and New York City tax laws regarding bad debt deductions were enacted in July 1996, August 1996, and March 1997, respectively. The Federal amendments include elimination of the percentage-of-taxable-income method for tax years beginning after December 31, 1995 and imposition of a requirement to recapture into taxable income (over a six-year period) the bad debt reserves in excess of the base-year amounts. The New York State and City amendments redesignated the Company’s state and city bad debt reserves at December 31, 1995 as the base-year amount and also provided for future additions to the base-year reserve using the percentage-of-taxable-income method.
 
The Company’s Federal, state, and city base-year reserves were approximately $5,900,000, respectively, at December 31, 2007 and 2006. Under the tax laws as amended, events that would result in taxation of certain of these reserves include the following: (a) the Company’s retained earnings represented by this reserve are used for purposes other than to absorb losses from bad debts, including excess dividends or distributions in liquidation; (b) the Company redeems its stock; (c) the Company fails to meet the definition of a bank for Federal purposes or a thrift for state and city purposes; or (d) there is a change in the federal, state, or city tax laws. At December 31, 2005, the Company’s unrecognized deferred tax liabilities with respect to its base-year reserves for Federal, state, and city taxes totaled approximately $2,800,000. Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized with respect to the 1987 base-year reserves, since the Company does not expect that these amounts will become taxable in the foreseeable future.
 
At December 31, 2005, the Company did not meet the definition of a thrift for New York State and City purposes, and as a result, recorded a state and local tax expense of approximately $2,200,000 pertaining to the recapture of the state and city base-year reserves accumulated after December 31, 1987.
 
The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in New York State and City jurisdictions. The Company’s subsidiary also files income tax returns in the State of New Jersey. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2004. The State of New York has concluded examining the Company’s tax returns filed from 2000 to 2006, resulting in the Company reversing of state and local tax liabilities of approximately $4.5 million, net of federal taxes.
 
The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2007. The amounts have not been reduced by the federal deferred tax effects of unrecognized state benefits.
 
         
Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007
  $ 2,259  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    441  
         
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007
  $ 2,700  
         
 
The Company records interest accrued related to uncertain tax benefits as tax expense. At December 31, 2007 the Company has $1.1 million accrued for interest on uncertain tax benefits. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company accrued $350,000 in interest on uncertain tax positions. The Company’s policy is to record penalties as other expenses. The Company has not accrued for penalties related to uncertain tax benefits.
 
(9)   Retirement Benefits
 
The Company has a 401(k) plan for its employees, which grants eligible employees (those salaried employees with at least one year of service) the opportunity to invest from 2% to 15% of their base compensation in certain investment alternatives. The Company contributes an amount equal to one-quarter of employee contributions up to the first 6% of base compensation contributed by eligible employees for the first


79


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
three years of participation. Subsequent years of participation in excess of three years will increase the Company matching contribution from 25% to 50% of an employee’s contributions, up to the first 6% of base compensation contributed by eligible employees. A member becomes fully vested in the Company’s contributions upon (a) completion of five years of service, or (b) normal retirement, early retirement, permanent disability, or death.
 
During 2007, the Company modified the employer match for the 401(k) plan. Prior to July 9, 2007, the Company contributed an amount equal to one-half of the employee contribution up to the first 6% of base compensation contributed by eligible employees for the first three years of participation. Subsequent years of participation in excess of three years increased the Company matching contribution from 50% to 100% of an employee’s contributions, up to the first 6% of base compensation contributed by eligible employees.
 
The Company also maintains a profit-sharing plan in which the Company can contribute to the participant’s 401(k) account, at its discretion, up to the legal limit of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s contributions to these plans aggregated approximately $270,000, $444,000, and $410,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The Company did not contribute to the profit sharing plan during 2007.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the ESOP). The ESOP is a tax-qualified plan designed to invest primarily in the Company’s common stock. The ESOP provides employees with the opportunity to receive a funded retirement benefit from the Bank, based primarily on the value of the Company’s common stock. The ESOP was authorized to and did purchase, 1,756,279 shares of the Company’s common stock in the Company’s initial public offering at a price of $10.00 per share. This purchase was funded with a loan from the Company to the ESOP. The first payment on the loan from the ESOP to the Company was due and paid on December 31, 2007 and the outstanding balance at December 31, 2007 was $16.4 million. The shares of the Company’s common stock purchased in the initial public offering are pledged as collateral for the loan. Shares will be released for allocation to participants as loan payments are made. A total of 58,543 shares were released and were allocated to participants for the ESOP year ended December 31, 2007. ESOP compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2007, was $621,000.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted a Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the SESOP) a non-qualified plan that provides supplemental benefits to certain executives who are prevented from receiving the full benefits contemplated by ESOP’s benefit formula under tax law limits for tax-qualified plans. The supplemental payments for the SESOP consist of cash payments representing the value of Company shares that cannot be allocated to participants under the ESOP due to legal limitations imposed on tax-qualified plans. SESOP compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $54,000.


80


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following tables set forth the funded status and components of postretirement benefit costs at the December 31 measurement dates (in thousands):
 
                 
    2007     2006  
 
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation beginning of year
  $ 1,285       1,703  
Service cost
    4       4  
Interest cost
    67       86  
Actuarial loss (gain)
    303       (417 )
Benefits paid
    (83 )     (91 )
                 
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation end of year
    1,576       1,285  
                 
Plan assets at fair value
           
Unrecognized transition obligation
           
Unrecognized prior service cost
           
Unrecognized loss
           
                 
Accrued liability (included in accrued expenses and other liabilities)
  $ 1,576       1,285  
                 
 
The following table sets forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Net loss (gain)
  $ 317       (83 )
Transition obligation
    (16 )     151  
Prior service cost
    (16 )     183  
                 
Loss recognized in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 285       251  
                 
 
The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic cost in 2008 are $22,000, $17,000 and $16,000, respectively.
 
The following table sets forth the components of net periodic postretirement benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Service cost
  $ 4       4       4  
Interest cost
    67       86       75  
Amortization of transition obligation
    16       16       19  
Amortization of prior service costs
    16       16       16  
Amortization of unrecognized (gain) loss
    (15 )     35       1  
                         
Net postretirement benefit cost included in compensation and employee benefits
  $ 88       157       115  
                         
 
The assumed discount rate related to plan obligations reflects the weighted average of published market rates for high-quality corporate bonds with terms similar to those of the plan’s expected benefit payments,


81


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
rounded to the nearest quarter percentage point. The Company’s discount rate and rate of compensation increase used in accounting for the plan are as follows:
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at period end:
                       
Discount rate
    6.25 %     5.75       5.25  
Rate of increase in compensation
    4.50       4.50       4.00  
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the year:
                       
Discount rate
    5.75 %     5.25       5.75  
Rate of increase in compensation
    4.50       4.00       4.25  
 
At December 31, 2007, a medical cost trend rate of 13.00% for 2008 decreasing 1.00% per year thereafter until an ultimate rate of 5.00% is reached, was used in the plan’s valuation. The Company’s healthcare cost trend rate is based, among other things, on the Company’s own experience and third party analysis of recent and projected healthcare cost trends.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006, a medical cost trend rate of 7.00%, decreasing 0.25% per year thereafter until an ultimate rate of 5.00% is reached, was used in the plan’s valuation.
 
A one percentage-point change in assumed heath care cost trends would have the following effects (in thousands):
 
                                 
    One Percentage
    One Percentage
 
    Point Increase     Point Decrease  
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Effect on benefits earned and interest cost
  $ 5       7       (5 )     (7 )
Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
    126       103       (111 )     (91 )
                                 
 
A one percentage-point change in assumed heath care cost trends would have the following effects (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    One Percentage
    One Percentage
 
    Point Increase     Point Decrease  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
Aggregate of service and interest components of net periodic cost (benefit)
  $ 5       7       6       (5 )     (7 )     (5 )
                                                 
 
Benefit payments of approximately $83,000, $91,000, and $85,000, were made in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The benefits expected to be paid under the postretirement health benefits plan for the next five years are as follows: $98,000 in 2008; $111,000 in 2009; $119,000 in 2010; $125,000 in 2011; and $131,000 in 2012. The benefit payments expected to be paid in the aggregate for the years 2013 through 2017 are $694,000. The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at December 31, 2007, and include estimated future employee service.
 
The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, or Medicare Act, introduced both a Medicare prescription-drug benefit and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health-care plans that provide a benefit at least “actuarially equivalent” to the Medicare benefit. The Company has evaluated the estimated potential subsidy available under the Medicare Act and the related costs associated with qualifying for the subsidy. Due to the limited number of participants in the plan, the Company has concluded that it is not cost beneficial to apply for the subsidy. Therefore, the accumulated postretirement


82


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
benefit obligation information and related net periodic postretirement benefit costs do not reflect the effect of any potential subsidy.
 
The Company maintains a nonqualified plan to provide for the elective deferral of all or a portion of director fees by members of the participating board of directors, deferral of all or a portion of the compensation and/or annual bonus payable to eligible employees of the Company, and to provide to certain officers of the Company benefits in excess of those permitted to be paid by the Company’s savings plan, ESOP, and profit-sharing plan under the applicable Internal Revenue Code. The plan obligation was approximately $3,653,000 and $2,667,000 at December 31, 2007, and 2006, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Expense under this plan was $62,000, $219,000, and $233,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The Company invests to fund this future obligation, in various mutual funds designated as trading securities. The securities are marked-to-market through current period earnings as a component of non-interest income. Accrued obligations under this plan are credited or charged with the return on the trading securities portfolio as a component of compensation and benefits expense.
 
The Company entered into a supplemental retirement agreement with its former president and current director on July 18, 2006. The agreement provides for 120 monthly payments of $17,450. The present value of the obligation, of approximately $1,625,000, was recorded in compensation and benefits expense in 2006. The present value of the obligation as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $1,470,000 and $1,600,000, respectively.
 
(10)   Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company, in the normal course of business, is party to commitments that involve, to varying degrees, elements of risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. These commitments include unused lines of credit and commitments to extend credit.
 
At December 31, 2007, the following commitment and contingent liabilities existed that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements (in thousands):
 
         
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 38,986  
Unused lines of credit
    13,492  
Standby letters of credit
    403  
 
The Company’s maximum exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these commitments is represented by the contractual amount. The Company used the same credit policies in granting commitments and conditional obligations as it does for amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. These commitments and obligations do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management’s assessment of risk. The unused consumer lines of credit are collateralized by mortgages on real estate. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees generally extend for a term of up to one year and are fully collateralized. For each guarantee issued, if the customer defaults on a payment to the third party, the Company would have to perform under the guarantee. The unamortized fee on standby letters of credit approximates their fair value; such fees were insignificant at December 31, 2007. The Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses on commitments to extend credit. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the allowance was $204,000 and $175,000, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company was obligated under noncancelable operating leases and capitalized leases on property used for banking purposes. Most leases contain escalation clauses and renewal options


83


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
which provide for increased rentals as well as for increases in certain property costs including real estate taxes, common area maintenance, and insurance.
 
The projected minimum annual rental payments and receipts under the capitalized leases and operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Rental
    Rental
    Rental
 
    Payments
    Payments
    Receipts
 
    Capitalized
    Operating
    Operating
 
    Leases     Leases     Leases  
 
Year ending December 31:
                       
2008
  $ 344       1,247       169  
2009
    354       1,174       169  
2010
    365       1,156       169  
2011
    376       1,008       169  
2012
    387       884       169  
Thereafter
    1,886       6,225       1,826  
                         
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 3,712       11,694       2,671  
                         
 
Net rental expense included in occupancy expense amounted to approximately $1,140,000, $1,181,000, and $1,088,000, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.
 
In the normal course of business, the Company may be a party to various outstanding legal proceedings and claims. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements will not be materially affected by the outcome of such legal proceedings and claims.
 
The Bank is required by regulation to maintain a certain level of cash balances on hand and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. As of December 31, 2007, and 2006, the Bank was required to maintain balances of $2,647,000 and $901,000, respectively.
 
The Bank has entered into employment agreements with the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the other executive officers of the Bank to ensure the continuity of executive leadership, to clarify the roles and responsibilities of executives, and to make explicit the terms and conditions of executive employment. The Bank entered into employment agreements with the CEO and one other executive officer, effective January 3, 2008. The Bank entered into employment agreements with two other executive officers effective July 1, 2006. These agreements are for a term of three-years, renew annually, and provide for certain levels of base annual salary and in the event of a change in control, as defined, or event of termination, as defined, certain levels of base salary, bonus payments, and benefits for a period of up to three-years.
 
On May 26, 2006, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with a third party which includes the purchase of certain premises, equipment, and leaseholds of two of the Bank’s branches. The agreement also provides for the third party to assume the deposit liabilities of the two branches, totaling approximately $29.0 million as of December 31, 2006, and related lease obligations. The purchase and assumption agreement is at or above the Bank’s carrying value of the related assets purchased and liabilities and obligations being assumed. The transaction closed in the first quarter of 2007 and the Company recognized a gain on the sale of premises and equipment and related deposit relationships of approximately $4.3 million.
 
On November 24, 2007, the Bank entered in an agreement to lease land located at 521 Forest Avenue in Staten Island, New York. The Bank anticipates taking possession of the land during the second quarter of 2008 at which time the lease will commence. The Bank will construct a new bank branch at this location. The lease is for a term of 47 years with an average monthly rental expense of $20,000 per month.


84


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(11)   Regulatory Requirements
 
Northfield Bank converted to a federally-charted savings bank from a New York-chartered savings bank effective November 6, 2007. Northfield Bank’s primary federal regulator is the OTS (previously FDIC). Simultaneously with Northfield Bank’s conversion, Northfield Bancorp, MHC and Northfield Bancorp, Inc. converted to federal-charters from New York-chartered holding companies.
 
The FDIC requires banks to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to total adjusted assets of 4.0% and minimum ratios of tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital to total risk-adjusted total assets of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively.
 
The OTS requires banks to meet three minimum capital standards; a 1.5% tangible capital ratio; a 4% leverage ratio, and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.
 
Under prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS and FDIC are required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized institution. Such actions could have a direct material effect on the institution’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of savings institutions into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Generally, an institution is considered well capitalized if it has a leverage (Tier 1) capital ratio of at least 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%.
 
The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about capital components, risk weighting, and other factors.
 
Management believes that, as of December 31, 2007, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent FDIC notification categorized the Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital classification.
 
The following is a summary of Northfield Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios compared to the OTS requirements as of December 31, 2007, and FDIC requirements as of December 31, 2006, for classification as well capitalized institution and minimum capital adequacy. While the capital regulations of these two agencies are substantially similar, they are not identical (dollars in thousands).
 
                                                 
    OTS Requirements
            For Well
            Capitalized
        For Capital
  Under Prompt
        Adequacy
  Corrective
    Actual   Purposes   Action Provisions
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
 
As of December 31, 2007:
                                               
Tangible capital to tangible assets
  $ 257,274       18.84 %     20,484       1.50       NA       NA  
Tier 1 capital — leverage (to average assets)
    257,274       18.84       54,622       4.00       68,278       5.00  
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    263,114       38.07       55,286       8.00       69,107       10.00  
 
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets was 37.23% at December 31, 2007.
 


85


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    FDIC Requirements
            For Well Capitalized
            Under Prompt Corrective
    Actual   For Capital Adequacy Purposes   Action Provisions
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
 
As of December 31, 2006:
                                               
Tier 1 capital — leverage (to average assets)
  $ 160,726       12.38 %     51,927       4.00       64,909       5.00  
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    160,726       24.25       26,516       4.00       39,773       6.00  
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    165,931       25.03       53,031       8.00       66,289       10.00  
 
The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act, and related anti-money laundering (“AML”) laws have placed substantial requirements on financial institutions. During a prior examination of the Bank by the FDIC and the New York State Banking Department (“NYSBD”), the agencies identified certain supervisory issues with respect to the Bank’s AML compliance program that required management’s attention. The Bank entered into an informal agreement with both the FDIC and NYSBD with respect to these matters effective June 27, 2005. An informal agreement is characterized by regulatory authorities as an informal action that is neither published nor made publicly available by agencies and is used when circumstances warrant a milder form of action than a formal supervisory action, such as a formal written agreement or cease and desist order. On June 18, 2007, Northfield Bank received joint notification from the FDIC and NYSBD indicating that the informal agreement was terminated.
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the Reform Act) was enacted in 2006. The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Conforming Amendments Act of 2005, enacted in 2006, contains necessary technical and conforming changes to implement deposit insurance reform, as well as a number of study and survey requirements (Collectively, the Reform Act). The Reform Act: provided for, among other things, the merger of the Bank Insurance Fund (BIF) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF) into a new fund, the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF); increases the coverage limit for retirement accounts to $250,000 and indexing the coverage limit for retirement accounts to inflation as with the general deposit insurance coverage limit; establishing a range within which the FDIC Board of Directors may set the Designated Reserve Ratio (DRR); allows the FDIC to manage the pace at which the reserve ratio varies within a specified range; eliminates the restrictions on premium rates based on the DRR and grants the FDIC Board the discretion to price deposit insurance according to risk for all insured institutions regardless of the level of the reserve ratio; and grants a one-time initial assessment credit to recognize institutions’ past contributions to the fund. The Bank’s estimated assessment credits at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were approximately $460,000 and $862,000, respectively. The credits have not been recorded by the Company and will be realized in the future as they are utilized to offset future FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Deposits (excluding retirement accounts) in excess of $100,000 are not federally insured.
 
(12)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments.
 
(a)  Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Certificates of Deposit
 
Cash and cash equivalents are short-term in nature with original maturities of three months or less; the carrying amount approximates fair value. Certificates of deposits having original terms of six-months or less;

86


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
carrying value generally approximates fair value. Certificates of deposit with an original maturity of six months or greater; the fair value is derived from discounted cash flows.
 
(b)  Securities
 
The fair values for substantially all of our securities are obtained from an independent nationally recognized pricing service. The independent pricing service utilizes market prices of same or similar securities whenever such prices are available. Prices involving distressed sellers are not utilized in determining fair value. Where necessary, the independent third party pricing service estimates fair value using models employing techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. The assumptions used in these models typically include assumptions for interest rates, credit losses, and prepayments, utilizing market observable data where available.
 
(c)  Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock
 
The fair value for Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock is its carrying value, since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed and there is no active market for this stock.
 
(d)  Loans
 
Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as residential mortgage, construction, land, multifamily, commercial and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into amortizing and non-amortizing and fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and nonperforming categories. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using current prepayment assumptions and current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the similar remaining maturities.
 
Fair value for significant nonperforming loans is based on external appraisals of collateral securing such loans, adjusted for the timing of anticipated cash flows.
 
(e)  Deposits
 
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, and NOW and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
(f)  Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
 
The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments is insignificant and therefore not included in the following table.
 
(g)  Borrowings
 
The fair value of borrowings is estimated by discounting future cash flows based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturity.


87


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(h)  Advance Payments by Borrowers
 
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance have no stated maturity; the fair value is equal to the amount currently payable.
 
The estimated fair values of the Company’s significant financial instruments at December 31, 2007, and 2006, are presented in the following table (in thousands):
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
          Estimated
          Estimated
 
    Carrying
    Fair
    Carrying
    Fair
 
    Value     Value     Value     Value  
 
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 25,088       25,088       60,624       60,624  
Certificates of deposit
    24,500       24,546       5,200       5,199  
Trading securities
    3,605       3,605       2,667       2,667  
Securities available-for-sale
    802,817       802,817       713,498       713,498  
Securities held-to-maturity
    19,686       19,440       26,169       25,519  
FHLB stock
    6,702       6,702       7,186       7,186  
Net loans held-for-investment
    418,693       419,449       404,159       394,826  
Loans held-for-sale
  $ 270       270       125       125  
                                 
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
  $ 877,225       878,230       989,789       991,396  
Repurchase Agreements
                               
and other borrowings
    124,420       125,176       128,534       126,399  
Advance payments by borrowers
  $ 843       843       783       783  
                                 
 
Limitations
 
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
 
Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.


88


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
(13)   Parent-only Financial Information
 
The following condensed parent company only financial information reflects Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s investment in its wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary, Northfield Bank, using the equity method of accounting.
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
Condensed Balance Sheets
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Assets
Cash in Northfield Bank
  $ 68,424        
Certificates of deposit
    6,500        
Investment in Northfield Bank
    270,738       163,994  
ESOP loan receivable
    16,358        
Accrued interest receivable
    27        
Other assets
    5,339        
                 
Total assets
  $ 367,386       163,994  
                 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Total liabilities
  $ 46        
Total stockholders’ equity
    367,340       163,994  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 367,386       163,994  
                 
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
Condensed Statements of Income
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          (In thousands)        
 
Interest on ESOP loan
  $ 195              
Interest income on deposit in Northfield Bank
    62              
Interest income on certificates of deposit
    79              
Undistributed earnings of Northfield Bank
    18,083       10,842       13,159  
                         
Total income
    18,419       10,842       13,159  
                         
Contribution to charitable foundation
    11,952              
Other expenses
    11              
Income tax benefit
    (4,051 )                
                         
Total expense
    7,912              
                         
Net income
  $ 10,507       10,842       13,159  
                         


89


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          (In thousands)        
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 10,507       10,842       13,159  
Contribution of stock to charitable foundation
    8,952              
Increase in accrued interest receivable
    (27 )            
Deferred taxes
    (3,336 )            
Increase in due from Northfield Bank
    (1,287 )              
Increase in other assets
    (716 )            
Increase in other liabilities
    46              
Undistributed earnings of Northfield Bank
    (18,083 )     (10,842 )     (13,159 )
                         
Net cash used in operating activities
    (3,944 )            
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Additional investment in Northfield Bank
    (94,874 )            
Loan to ESOP
    (17,563 )            
Principal payments on ESOP loan receivable
    1,205              
Purchase of certificates of deposit
    (6,500 )            
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (117,732 )            
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from stock offering, net
    189,600              
Contribution from Northfield Bancorp, MHC
    500              
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    190,100              
                         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    68,424              
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
                 
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 68,424              
                         


90


Table of Contents

 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
The following tables are a summary of certain quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 :
 
                                 
    2007 Quarter Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Selected Operating Data:
                               
Interest income
  $ 15,502       15,644       16,637       17,919  
Interest expense
    7,244       7,397       7,478       6,717  
                                 
Net interest income
    8,258       8,247       9,159       11,202  
Provision for loan losses
    440       97       200       705  
                                 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    7,818       8,150       8,959       10,497  
Other income
    5,602       1,370       1,288       1,218  
Other expenses
    6,026       5,997       5,327       18,600  
                                 
Income before income tax expense (benefit)
    7,394       3,523       4,920       (6,885 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    2,701       1,256       1,855       (7,367 )
                                 
Net income
  $ 4,693       2,267       3,065       482  
                                 
Loss per common share(1)
    n/a       n/a       n/a       (0.03 )
 
                                 
    2006 Quarter Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Selected Operating Data:
                               
Interest income
  $ 16,105       16,329       16,242       16,191  
Interest expense
    6,409       6,919       7,449       7,629  
                                 
Net interest income
    9,696       9,410       8,793       8,562  
Provision (credit) for loan losses
    150       60       343       (318 )
                                 
Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses
    9,546       9,350       8,450       8,880  
Other income
    1,129       954       1,291       1,226  
Other expenses
    5,645       5,653       7,228       5,292  
                                 
Income before income tax expense
    5,030       4,651       2,513       4,814  
Income tax expense
    1,850       1,690       872       1,754  
                                 
Net income
  $ 3,180       2,961       1,641       3,060  
                                 
Net loss per common share(1)
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
 
 
(1) Net loss per share is calculated for the period that the Company’s shares of common stock were outstanding (November 8, 2007 through December 31, 2007). The net loss for this period was $1,501,000 and the weighted average common shares outstanding were 43,076,586.


91


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None
 
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Not Applicable
 
ITEM 9A(T).    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2007. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2007, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
See the Certifications pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.
 
ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION
 
None
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the Company’s 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2008 Proxy Statement”) entitled “Proposal I — Election of Directors,” “Other Information — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Codes of Conduct and Ethics,” “— Stockholder Communications,” and “— Board of Directors, Meetings and Standing Committees — Audit Committee” are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The sections of the Company’s 2008 Proxy Statement entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Director Compensation,” and “Executive Compensation” are incorporated herein by reference.


92


Table of Contents

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
The sections of the Company’s 2008 Proxy Statement entitled “Voting Securities and Principal Holders Thereof” and “Proposal I — Election of Directors” are incorporated herein by reference.
 
The Company does not have any equity compensation program that was not approved by stockholders, other than its employee stock ownership plan.
 
ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
The section of the Company’s 2008 Proxy Statement entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Transactions with Certain Related Persons” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
 
The sections of the Company’s 2008 Proxy Statement entitled “Audit-Related Matters — Policy for Approval of Audit and Permitted Non-audit Services” and — Auditor Fees and Services” are incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)(1)  Financial Statements
 
The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K.
 
(A) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
(B) Consolidated Balance Sheets — at December 31, 2007, and 2006
 
(C) Consolidated Statements of Income — Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
 
(D) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
 
(E) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
 
(F) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules
 
      None.
 
(a)(3)  Exhibits
 
         
  3 .1   Charter of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.*
  3 .2   Bylaws of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.*
  4     Form of Common Stock Certificate of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.*
  10 .1   Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan
  10 .2   Employment Agreement with Kenneth Doherty*
  10 .3   Employment Agreement with Steven M. Klein*
  10 .4   Northfield Bank Non-Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan


93


Table of Contents

         
  10 .5   Northfield Bank 2007 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
  10 .6   Short Term Disability and Long Term Disability for Senior Management*
  10 .7   Amendments to Northfield Bank Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
  10 .8   Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Albert J. Regen*
  10 .9   Amended Employment Agreements with John W. Alexander**
  10 .10   Amended Employment Agreements with Michael J. Widmer**
  10 .11   Northfield Bancorp, Inc. 2008 Management Incentive Plan
  21     Subsidiaries of Registrant*
  23     Consent of KPMG LLP
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32     Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 333-143643), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2007.
 
** Incorporated by reference to Northfield Bancorp. Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 3, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 6, 2008 (File Number 001-33732).

94


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
NORTHFIELD BANCORP, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  John W. Alexander
John W. Alexander
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Duly Authorized Representative)
 
Date: March 26, 2008
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signatures
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  John W. Alexander

John W. Alexander
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  Steven M. Klein

Steven M. Klein
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  Stanley A. Applebaum

Stanley A. Applebaum
  Director   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  John R. Bowen

John R. Bowen
  Director   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  Annette Catino

Annette Catino
  Director   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  Gil Chapman

Gil Chapman
  Director   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  John P. Connors, Jr. 

John P. Connors, Jr. 
  Director   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  John J. DePierro

John J. DePierro
  Director   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  Susan Lamberti

Susan Lamberti
  Director   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  Albert J. Regen

Albert J. Regen
  Director   March 26, 2008
         
/s/  Patrick E. Scura, Jr. 

Patrick E. Scura, Jr. 
  Director   March 26, 2008


95

 

Exhibit 10.1
NORTHFIELD BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(adopted effective January 1, 2007)


 

C O N T E N T S
         
    Page No.  
Section 1. Plan Identity
    1  
1.1 Name
    1  
1.2 Purpose
    1  
1.3 Effective Date
    1  
1.4 Fiscal Period
    1  
1.5 Single Plan for All Employers
    1  
1.6 Interpretation of Provisions
    1  
Section 2. Definitions
    1  
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation
    8  
3.1 Initial Eligibility
    8  
3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year
    9  
3.3 Terminated Employees
    9  
3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible
    9  
3.5 Participation and Reparticipation
    9  
3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee
    10  
3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee
    10  
Section 4. Contributions and Credits
    10  
4.1 Discretionary Contributions
    10  
4.2 Contributions for Stock Obligations
    10  
4.3 Conditions as to Contributions
    11  
4.4 Rollover Contributions
    11  
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations
    11  
5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions
    11  
5.2 Effect of Limitations
    13  
5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants
    13  
5.4 Erroneous Allocations
    14  
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment
    14  
6.1 Creation of Trust Fund
    14  
6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund
    14  
6.3 Acquisition of Stock
    14  
6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify
    15  
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock
    16  
7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock
    16  
7.2 Application of Dividends
    16  
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts
    17  
8.1 ESOP Allocations
    17  
8.2 Charges to Accounts
    18  
8.3 Stock Fund Account
    18  
8.4 Investment Fund Account
    19  
8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund
    19  
8.6 Participant Statements
    19  
Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests
    19  
9.1 Deferred Vesting in Accounts
    19  
9.2 Computation of Vesting Years
    19  
9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events
    20  
9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination
    21  


 

         
    Page No.  
9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral
    21  
9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures
    22  
9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability
    22  
Section 10. Payment of Benefits
    22  
10.1 Benefits for Participants
    22  
10.2 Time for Distribution
    22  
10.3 Marital Status
    24  
10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination
    24  
10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments
    24  
10.6 Options to Receive and Sell Stock
    24  
10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock
    25  
10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights
    25  
10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution
    25  
10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution
    26  
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals
    26  
11.1 Claim for Benefits
    26  
11.2 Notification by Committee
    26  
11.3 Claims Review Procedure
    26  
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions
    27  
12.1 Authority of Committee
    27  
12.2 Identity of Committee
    27  
12.3 Duties of Committee
    27  
12.4 Valuation of Stock
    28  
12.5 Compliance with ERISA
    28  
12.6 Action by Committee
    28  
12.7 Execution of Documents
    28  
12.8 Adoption of Rules
    28  
12.9 Responsibilities to Participants
    28  
12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity
    28  
12.11 Indemnification by Employers
    28  
12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member
    29  
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan
    29  
13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers
    29  
13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification
    29  
13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate
    29  
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions
    29  
14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights
    29  
14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits
    30  
14.3 Limit of Employer Liability
    30  
14.4 Treatment of Expenses
    30  
14.5 Number and Gender
    30  
14.6 Nondiversion of Assets
    30  
14.7 Separability of Provisions
    30  
14.8 Service of Process
    30  
14.9 Governing State Law
    30  
14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility
    30  
14.11 Unclaimed Accounts
    30  
14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    31  
14.13 Use of Electronic Mediums to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections
    31  

(ii)


 

         
    Page No.  
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions
    32  
15.1 Top-Heavy Plan
    32  
15.2 Definitions
    32  
15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application
    33  
15.4 Minimum Contributions
    34  
15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan
    34  

(iii)


 

NORTHFIELD BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Section 1 Plan Identity .
     1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is “Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”
     1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.
     1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2007.
     1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.
     1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.
     1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.
     Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Section 2. Definitions .
     The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
      “Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.
      “Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, or Normal Retirement.
      “Affiliated Employer” means a member of an affiliated service group within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.2.

 


 

      “Bank” means Northfield Bank and any entity which succeeds to the business of Northfield Bank and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.
      “Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.
      “Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service.
      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      “Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.
      “Company” means Northfield Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.
      “Compensation” means with respect to a Plan Year, the base compensation receivable by an Eligible Employee from the Employer for the calendar year prior to any reduction pursuant to a salary deferral agreement under a 401(k) Plan. Base compensation shall include salary, before-tax contributions, wages and wage continuation payments to an Employee who is absent due to illness or disability of a short-term nature, the amount of any Employer contributions under a flexible benefits program maintained by the Employer under Code Section 125 pursuant to a salary reduction agreement entered into by the Participant under Code Section 125, or elective amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Eligible Employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4), and exclude overtime, commissions, expense allowances, severance pay, fees, bonuses, contributions made by the Employer to any pension, insurance, welfare or other employee benefit plan other than a Code Section 125 plan. Compensation shall not exceed $225,000 for the 2007 Plan Year and thereafter shall be adjusted in multiples of $5,000 for increases in the cost-of-living as prescribed under Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). For purposes of this definition, if the Plan Year is less than 12 calendar months, the amount of Compensation taken into account for such Plan Year shall be adjusted by multiplying such Compensation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.
      “Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.

-2-


 

      “Eligible Employee ” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has both (i) satisfied the age requirement of Section 3.1(ii) and (ii) has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2.
      “Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).
      “Employer” means the Bank or any Affiliated Employer.
      “Entry Date” means the Effective Date of the Plan and each January 1 and July 1 of each Plan Year after the Effective Date.
      “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).
      “415 Compensation”
     (a) shall mean a Participant’s remuneration as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.415-2(d)(2), (3) and (6).
     (b) shall also mean any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation) (Cafeteria Plan), Code Section 457 or 132(f)(4) shall also be included in the definition of 415 Compensation.
     (c) Taxable post-severance payments from a non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan shall be included in the definition of Section 415 Compensation, but only if such amounts are paid within the later of (i) 2 1 / 2 months after severance from employment or (ii) the end of the limitation year that includes the date of severance that are payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the Participant as regular compensation for services, or payments from accrued bona-fide sick, vacation, or other leave. To the extent permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.415-1 et seq ., such limitations shall not apply to disabled Participants and to Participants who severed employment due to qualified military service. “Severance from employment” shall be interpreted as set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1 et seq .
     (d) 415 Compensation shall include amounts that are includible in income under Code Section 409A or Code Section 457(f)(1)(A).
     (e) 415 Compensation in excess of $225,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $225,000 limit shall be referred to as the

-3-


 

“applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $225,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years in the same manner as Compensation.
      “Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $100,000 (the $100,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d)). The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a “determination year” and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.
      “Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:
     (a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.
     (b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.
     (c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.
     (d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.
     (e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.
     (f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Administrator may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.

-4-


 

     (g) In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.
      “Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Stock Obligation, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.
      “Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
      “Normal Retirement Date” means the date on which the Participant attains his 65 th birthday and has completed five years of Service.
      “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.
      “Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.
      “Plan Year” means the twelve-month period commencing January 1, 2007 and ending December 31, 2007, and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.
      “Recognized Absence” means a period for which —
     (a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or
     (b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or
     (c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).
      “Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”
          (a) “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:
          (1) in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;

-5-


 

          (2) prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);
          (3) is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or
          (4) for a Participant is
          (A) required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;
          (B) required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;
          (C) required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or
          (D) the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.
          (b) The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:
          (1) If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,
          (A) not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or
          (B) as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.
          (2) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.
          (3) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.

-6-


 

          (4) In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.
          (c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:
          (1) a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;
          (2) any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;
          (3) a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or
          (4) a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.
      “Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
      “Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
      “Stock” means shares of the Company’s voting common stock or preferred stock meeting the requirements of Section 409(e)(3) of the Code issued by an Employer which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Code Section 414(b). The term “Stock” shall include fractional shares, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
      “Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.

-7-


 

      “Stock Obligation” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:
  (i)   to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations § 54.4975-12;
 
  (ii)   to repay such Stock Obligation; or
 
  (iii)   to repay a prior exempt loan.
      “Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.
      “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
      “Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.
      “Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Stock Obligations and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.
      “Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.
      “Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.
      “Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.
      “Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .
     3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of the following dates:
     (i) the last day of the Eligible Employee’s first Eligibility Year, and

-8-


 

     (ii) the Eligible Employee’s 18 th birthday. However, if an Eligible Employee is not in active Service with an Employer on the date he would otherwise first enter the Plan, his entry shall be deferred until the next day he is in Service.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employee of Liberty Bank who became an Employee of the Bank on the effective date of the merger of Liberty Bank with the Bank shall receive credit for eligibility purposes for all periods of service while employed at Liberty Bank.
     3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:
     (i) an Eligible Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, and
     (ii) his subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on the first anniversary of the date on which the Eligible Employee first completed an Hour of Service for the Employer.
     3.3 Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.
     3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible .
     3.4-1. No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.
     3.4-2. Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
     3.4-3. Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).
     3.4-4. Hourly Employees, i.e., Employees paid on an hourly basis, are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
     3.4-5. An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Plan Administrator no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.
     3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the

-9-


 

date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.
     3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.
     3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee. If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.
Section 4. Contributions and Credits .
     4.1 Discretionary .
     4.1-1. The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.
     4.1-2. Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.
     4.2 Contributions for Stock Obligations . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Stock Obligation upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Stock Obligation. If there is more than one Stock Obligation, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Stock Obligation related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.
     In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under a Stock Obligation, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Stock Obligation which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Stock Obligation in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i)

-10-


 

above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Stock Obligation.
     At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under a Stock Obligation may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Stock Obligation provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Stock Obligation, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.
     4.3 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.3 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.
     4.4 Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .
     5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:
     5.1-1 If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 8.1-2 will result in an allocation of more than one-third of the total contributions for a Plan Year to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees then, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the allocation of such amount shall be adjusted so that such excess will not occur. If the Employer deems such adjustment necessary or desirable in order to take advantage of the provisions of Section 5.1-4 hereof, then the Employer shall, in a non-discriminatory manner (as among Highly Compensated Employees), cause the Compensation taken into consideration under Section 8.1-2 and attributable to such Highly Compensated Employees to be deemed to be reduced so as to constitute no more than one-third of the aggregate Compensation of all Eligible Employees on which the Employer contributions and forfeitures, if any, for such Plan Year are allocated.
     5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $45,000 (or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be

-11-


 

calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the value as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which the Stock is released) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of the Employer contribution. The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the excess amounts shall not be deemed annual additions in that limitation year if they are treated in accordance with any one of the following:
     (i) Any excess amount at the end of the Plan Year that cannot be allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be reallocated to the remaining Participants who are eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions for the Plan Year. The reallocation shall be made in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Plan as if the Participant whose Account otherwise would receive the excess amount is not eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions.
     (ii) If the allocation or reallocation of the excess amounts causes the limitations of Code section 415 to be exceeded with respect to each Participant for the limitation year, then the excess amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Participants in the next limitation year and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.
     (iii) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a limitation year, it will not participate in any allocation of investment gains and losses. All amounts held in suspense accounts must be allocated to Participants’ Accounts before any contributions may be made to the Plan for the limitation year.
     (iv) If a suspense account established under this Section 5.1-2 exists at the time of Plan termination, amounts held in the suspense account that cannot be allocated shall revert to the Employer.
     5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan.
     5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:
     (i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or

-12-


 

     (ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.
     5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.
     5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.
     5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan. If it is determined at any time that the Committee and/or Trustee has erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating net gain or loss pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3, then the Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
     5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.
     This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.
     Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.

-13-


 

     This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.
     5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment .
     6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.
     6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. The Trustee shall have full responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund, except to the extent such responsibility may be delegated from time to time to one or more investment managers pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Trust Agreement, or to the extent the Committee directs the Trustee to purchase Stock with the assets in the Investment Fund.
     6.3 Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called a “Stock Obligation.” The term “Stock Obligation” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. A Stock Obligation includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of a Stock Obligation in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Stock Obligation or the making of another Stock Obligation. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Stock Obligation shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
     6.3-1 A Stock Obligation shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest.

-14-


 

     6.3-2 A Stock Obligation may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Stock Obligation, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Stock Obligation which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Stock Obligation. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for a Stock Obligation, and no creditor under a Stock Obligation shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.
     6.3-3 Any pledge of Stock to secure a Stock Obligation must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Stock obligations in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.
     6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Stock Obligation shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2.
     6.3-5 In the event of default of a Stock Obligation, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Stock Obligation must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, a Stock Obligation must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Stock Obligation. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.
     6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25% of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:
     6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.
     6.4-2 The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
     6.4-3 The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at

-15-


 

least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock.
     7.1  Voting and Tendering of Stock.
     7.1-1. The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee.  However, if any Employer has registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants; provided, however, that if an exempt loan, as defined in Section 4975(d) of the Code, is outstanding and the Plan is in default on such exempt loan, as default is defined in the loan documents, then to the extent that such loan documents require the lender to exercise voting rights with respect to the unallocated shares, the loan documents will prevail. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.
     Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.
     7.1-2 In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.
     7.2 Application of Dividends.
     7.2-1 Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.
     7.2-2 Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.
          (i) On Stock in Participants’ Accounts . (A) Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form

-16-


 

of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (i) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(c) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (ii) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (iii) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (iv) be used to make payments on the Stock Obligation. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Stock Obligation, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.
          (B) Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.
          (ii) On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Stock Obligation used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants on a non-discriminatory basis, consistent with Section 7.2-2(i) above, and in the discretion of the Committee, treated as a dividend described in such Section, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Stock Obligation unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .
     8.1 ESOP Allocations. Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Stock Obligation payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Stock Obligation

-17-


 

through the sale or other disposition of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.
     8.1-1. Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:
     (i) first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Stock Obligation, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,
     (ii) second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and
     (iii) finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as a general investment gain in proportion to the number of shares held in the Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 7.2-2(i).
     8.1-2. Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, and amounts forfeited) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant for the portion of the calendar year during which he or she was a Participant compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants.
     8.1-3. Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.
     8.2 Charges to Accounts. When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.
     8.3 Stock Fund Account Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.
     If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Stock Obligation exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Stock Obligations, and following such repayment, there remains Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.

-18-


 

     8.4 Investment Fund . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under a Stock Obligation; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (c) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Stock Obligation; and (d) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.
     8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund. As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.
     8.6 Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Trustee will provide each Participant with a statement of his or her Account balances as of the last day of the Plan Year.
Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests .
     9.1 Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:
     
Vesting   Percentage of
Years   Interest Vested
Fewer than 2   0%
2   20%
3   40%
4   60%
5   80%
6 or more   100%
     9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee who was employed with the Bank, prior to the Effective Date shall receive credit for vesting purposes for up to six calendar years of continuous employment with the Bank, in which such Eligible Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as “Vesting Years”). An employee of Liberty Bank who became an employee of the Bank on the effective date of the merger of Liberty Bank with the Bank shall receive credit for purposes of determining Vesting Years under the Plan for each calendar year in which such person completed 1,000 Hours of Service with Liberty Bank prior to the effective time of said merger, up to a maximum of six Vesting Years. However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:

-19-


 

     9.2-1 A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.
     9.2-2 To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.
     9.2-3 To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:
     (i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of separation from Service, or
     (ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.
     9.2-4 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
     9.2-5 To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.
     9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain .
     9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Disability or by death.
     9.3-2 The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes, “Change in Control” shall mean an event of a nature that (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as in effect at the time of the Change in Control (collectively, the “HOLA”); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “Person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 25% or more of the Bank’s or the Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board on the

-20-


 

date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided , however , that this sub-section (b) shall not apply if the Incumbent Board is replaced by the appointment by a Federal banking agency of a conservator or receiver for the Bank and, provided further that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company, or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the Plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reorganization of the Company by way of a second step conversion shall not be considered a “Change in Control.”
     9.3-3 Upon a Change in Control described in 9.3-2, the Plan shall be terminated and the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to sell a sufficient amount of Stock from the Unallocated Stock Fund to repay any outstanding Stock Obligation in full. The proceeds of such sale shall be used to repay such Stock Obligation. After repayment of the Stock Obligation, all remaining shares in the Unallocated Stock Fund (or the proceeds thereof, if applicable) shall be deemed to be earnings and shall be allocated in accordance with the requirements of Section 8.3.
     9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated.
     9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited if he either (i) receives a distribution of his entire vested interest pursuant to Section 10.1, or (ii) incurs a one-year Break in Service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service.
     If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Break in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. If the Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance, any forfeiture restored shall include earnings that would have been credited to the Account but for the forfeiture. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested

-21-


 

interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.
     9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.
     9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.
Section 10. Payment of Benefits .
     10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Prior to any such distribution, any Participant entitled to a distribution will receive a form upon which the Participant can elect the manner of such distribution (e.g., whether to receive the distribution directly or transfer such distribution to an individual retirement account or other tax-qualified plan), a notice regarding the consequences of such distribution, and if applicable, that the Participant has the right not to consent to a distribution at such time. Effective January 1, 2007, notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed, without regard to whether the Participant consents, in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to his Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant elects to receive a distribution, the Plan administrator shall transfer accounts of $1,000 or more, but not in excess of $5,000, in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan administrator in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.
     10.2 Time for Distribution .
     10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant separates from service by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death. In the event the Participant separates from service for reasons other than Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability or death, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than five years after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant separates from Service.

-22-


 

     10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -
     (i) the Participant attains the age of 65;
     (ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
     (iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.
     10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.
     10.2-4 Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:
     (i) If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 . In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.
     (ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.
     (iii) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (i) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (ii) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.
     10.2-5 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).

-23-


 

     10.3 Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.
     10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.
     10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.
     10.6 Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash.
     Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.
     The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.
     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Stock Obligation, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put

-24-


 

right for Stock acquired through a Stock Obligation shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Stock Obligation is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan.
     10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.
     10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
     10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.
     10.9-1 An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
     10.9-2 An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.

-25-


 

     10.9-3 A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
     10.9-4 The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), and effective January 1, 2007, shall include non-spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).
     10.9-5 The Administrator shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Effective January 1, 2007, such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.
     10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:
     (i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option), and
     (ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals.
     11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.
     11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:
     (i) each specific reason for the denial;
     (ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
     (iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and
     (iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.
     11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination.  In

-26-


 

connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions .
     12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
     12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.
     12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.
     Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Stock Obligations. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. Subject to the direction of the board as to the application of Employer contributions to Stock Obligations, and subject to the provisions of Sections 6.4 and 10.6 as to Participants’ rights under certain circumstances to have their Accounts invested in Stock or in assets other than Stock, the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion the extent to which assets of the Trust shall be used to repay Stock Obligations, to purchase Stock, or to invest in other assets to be selected by the Trustee or an investment manager. No provision of the Plan relating to the allocation or vesting of any interests in the Stock Fund or the Investment Fund shall restrict the Committee from changing any holdings of the Trust, whether the changes involve an increase or a decrease in the Stock or other assets credited to Participants’ Accounts. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be

-27-


 

authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
     12.4 Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not established by reported trading on a generally recognized public market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code.
     12.5 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.
     12.6 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.
     12.7 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.
     12.8 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.
     12.9 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with applicable law and the best interests of the individuals concerned.
     12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.
     12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

-28-


 

     12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .
     13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.
     13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a).
     13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .
     14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.

-29-


 

     14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.
     14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.
     14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.
     14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.
     14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.
     14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.
     14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.
     14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.
     14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction.
     14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts

-30-


 

known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:
     (i) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.
     (ii) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.
     Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.
     14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:
     (i) The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and
     (ii) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
     During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.
     14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.

-31-


 

Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions.
     15.1 Top-Heavy Plan. This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:
     (i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;
     (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or
     (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).
      15.2. Definitions.
     In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:
     15.2-1 The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.
     15.2-2 A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $145,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
     15.2-3 A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.
     15.2-4 A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.

-32-


 

     15.2-5 A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.
     15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application .
               For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:
     15.3-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.
     15.3-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.
     15.3-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.
     15.3-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.
     15.3-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
     15.3-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”
     15.3-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
     15.3-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued

-33-


 

benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.
     15.4 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:
     (i) three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or
     (ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year.  For purposes of the special contribution of this Section, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.
     If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in one of such other plans, including a plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met.
     15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

-34-

 

Exhibit 10.4
NORTHFIELD BANK
NON-QUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Adopted Effective January 1, 2007

 


 

NORTHFIELD BANK
NON-QUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
      1.  Purpose
          This Non-Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“Plan”) is intended to provide Participants (as defined herein) or their Beneficiaries with the economic value of the annual allocations credited to such Participant’s account under The Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) which may not be accrued under said ESOP due to the limitations imposed by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and the limitation on includible compensation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The benefits provided under this Plan (as described below) are intended to constitute deferred compensation for “a select group of management or highly compensated employees” for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) and the regulatory guidance and other guidance issued thereunder.
      2.  Definitions
          Where the following words and phrases appear in the Plan, they shall have the respective meaning as set forth below unless the context clearly indicates the contrary. Except to the extent otherwise indicated herein, and to the extent inconsistent with the definitions provided below, the definitions contained in the ESOP are applicable under the Plan.
          2.1 “ Account ” means the bookkeeping account to which a Participant’s Annual ESOP Credits and earnings thereon are credited.
          2.2 “ Annual ESOP Credit ” means the amount credited to the Participant’s account in the Plan, determined as set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
          2.3 “ Applicable Limitations ” means one or more of the following, as applicable: (i) the maximum limitations on annual additions to a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 415(c) of the Code; or (ii) the maximum limitation on the annual amount of compensation that may, under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, be taken into account in determining contributions to and benefits under tax-qualified plans.
          2.4 “ Bank ” means Northfield Bank.
          2.5 “ Beneficiary ” means the person designated by the Participant under the ESOP to receive the Supplemental ESOP Benefit in the event of the Participant’s death.
          2.6 “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of Northfield Bank.
          2.7 “ Change in Control ” shall mean (1) a change in ownership of the Company or the Bank under paragraph (i) below, or (2) a change in effective control of the

 


 

Company or the Bank under paragraph (ii) below, or (3) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or the Bank under paragraph (iii) below:
  i.   Change in the ownership of the Bank . A change in the ownership of the Bank shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation; or
 
  ii.   Change in the effective control of the Bank. A change in the effective control of the Bank shall occur on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank; or (ii) a majority of members of the Bank’s board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the corporation’s board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this sub-section (ii) is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank is another corporation; or
 
  iii.   Change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s assets shall occur on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the corporation, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. There is no Change in Control event under this paragraph (iii) when there is a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the transferring corporation immediately after the transfer; or
 
  iv.   For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent modified herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as the result of the reorganization and second step conversion of the Company to a fully converted stock holding company.

2


 

          2.8 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision.
          2.9 “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
          2.10 “ Company ” means Northfield Bancorp, Inc..
          2.11 “ Effective Date ” means January 1, 2007.
          2.12 “ Employee ” means an employee of the Employer on whose behalf benefits are payable under the ESOP.
          2.13 “ Employer ” means the Bank or the Company, as applicable, and any successors by merger, purchase, reorganization or otherwise. If a subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer adopts the Plan, it shall be deemed the Employer with respect to its employees.
          2.14 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or supersedes such provision.
          2.15 “ ESOP ” means the tax-qualified Northfield Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and any successor thereto.
          2.16 “ Participant ” means an Employee who has been designated for participation in this Plan pursuant to Section 3.1.
          2.17 “ Plan ” means Northfield Bank Non-Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.
          2.18 “Plan Year ” means the period from January 1 to December 31.
          2.19 “ Separation from Service ” means the Employee’s death, Retirement or other termination of employment with the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 409A. No Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, so long as the Employee’s right to reemployment is provided by law or contract. If the leave exceeds six months and the Employee’s right to reemployment is not provided by law or by contract, then the Employee shall have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six-month period.
          Whether a termination of employment has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and Employee reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an

3


 

independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36 months (or such lesser period of time in which the Participant performed services for the Bank). The determination of whether a Participant has had a Separation from Service shall be made by applying the presumptions set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.
          2.20 “ Specified Employee ” means any Participant who also satisfies the definition of “key employee” as such term is defined in Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph 5 thereof). In the event a Participant is a Specified Employee, no distribution shall be made to such Participant upon Separation from Service (other than due to death or Disability) prior to the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service.
          2.21 “ Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.
          2.22 “ Supplemental ESOP Benefit ” means the benefit provided for a Participant under this Plan.
          2.23 “ Surviving Spouse ” means the legal spouse of a Participant, living at the time of the death of the Participant.
      3.  Participation
          3.1 Designation to Participate . Upon the designation of the Committee, and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, Employees may become Participants at any time during the Plan Year. Each Employee initially selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan shall be set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
          3.2 Continuation of Participation . An Employee who has become a Participant shall remain a Participant so long as benefits are payable to or with respect to such Participant under the Plan.
      4.  Benefit Requirements and Payments
          4.1 Supplemental ESOP Benefits . A Participant shall be entitled to receive as a benefit from this Plan the Supplemental ESOP Benefit determined as set forth herein. In the event of the death of a Participant prior to the commencement of payment of the Supplemental ESOP Benefit, the Surviving Spouse of the Participant shall be entitled to receive as a benefit from this Plan an amount equal to 100% of the Supplemental ESOP Benefit that would have been payable to the Participant at the time of his death. The Supplemental ESOP Benefit shall be that benefit earned by a Participant upon the investment of the Annual ESOP Credits allocated to his Account. The Annual ESOP Credit is equal to the sum of the difference (expressed in dollars) between “(a)” and “(b),” where:
  (a)   is the number of shares of Stock that would have been allocated to the account of the Participant for a Plan Year under the ESOP and the dividends and earnings thereon paid during the Plan Year, but for the Applicable Limitations, multiplied by the fair market value

4


 

    of such Stock on the last day of the Plan Year for which the allocation is made; and
  (b)   is the number of shares of Stock actually allocated to the account of the Participant for the relevant ESOP Plan Year, multiplied by the fair market value of such Stock on the last day of the Plan Year for which the allocation is made, and the dividends and earnings thereon paid during the Plan Year.
          4.2 Investment of Annual ESOP Credits . Participants shall be entitled to invest the Annual ESOP Credits allocated to their Account among a select group of broadly diversified mutual funds selected by the Committee. For these purposes, an investment shall be deemed to be made to a mutual fund (whether or not actually made) when the Participant gives such instruction to the Committee that such investment shall be made. The frequency with which such investment instruction may be given to the Committee shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. If the Employer establishes a rabbi trust and sets aside assets to informally fund the benefit obligation under this Plan, the Committee may permit Participants the opportunity to direct the investment of their Account under the rabbi trust, but the Committee is not obligated to do so. If the Employer establishes a rabbi trust but the Participants are not permitted to actually invest their Accounts through investment in the rabbi trust, the value of a Participant’s Account shall nonetheless be determined on the basis of such Participant’s deemed investments.
          4.3 Incidents of Supplemental ESOP Payments . Benefits under this Section 4 shall be payable to the Participant in a lump sum within 90 days of the first to occur of:
  (a)   the Participant’s “Separation from Service,” other than due to death or Disability;
 
  (b)   the Participant’s Disability;
 
  (c)   the Participant’s death; or
 
  (d)   a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company.
          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Participant is a Specified Employee and the distribution under this Section is due to the Participants Separation from Service, the distribution should occur on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service.
          4.4 Form of Supplemental ESOP Payments . A Participant’s supplemental ESOP benefits under Section 4.1 of this Plan shall be a benefit paid in cash equal to the value of the Participant’s Account. The Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant upon the occurrence of the event and at the time specified in Section 4.3 above.

5


 

      5.  Administration of the Plan
          5.1 Committee; Duties . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee which shall consist of not less than three (3) persons appointed by the Board of Directors. The Committee shall have the authority to make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, that may arise in connection with the administration of the Plan; provided, however, that any such interpretations, rules and/or regulations shall be consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A and any Treasury Regulations or other guidance issued thereunder. A majority vote of the Committee members shall control any decision. Members of the Committee may be Participants under the Plan, so long as a majority of the members are not Participants.
          5.2 Agents . The Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Employer.
          5.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Committee regarding of any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
          5.4 Indemnity of Committee . The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.
      6.  Claims Procedure
          6.1 Claim . Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under the Plan, or requesting information under the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee which shall respond in writing within thirty (30) days.
          6.2 Denial of Claim . If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
  (a)   the reason for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based.
 
  (b)   a description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary.
 
  (c)   an explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.
          6.3 Review of Claim . Any person whose claim or request is denied or who has not received a response within thirty (30) days may request review by notice given in writing to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee who may, but shall not

6


 

be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
          6.4 Final Decision . The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be one hundred twenty (120) days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reason and the relevant plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
      7.  Amendment or Termination
          7.1 Amendment of Plan . A majority of the Board of Directors may amend this Plan at any time or from time to time. However, no such amendment shall adversely affect the benefits of the Participant which have accrued prior to such action.
          7.2 Plan Termination .
(a) Partial Termination. The Board may partially terminate the Plan by freezing future accruals if, in its judgment, the tax, accounting, or other effects of the continuance of the Plan, or potential payments thereunder, would not be in the best interests of the Bank.
(b) Complete Termination. Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, in the event of complete termination of the Plan, the Plan shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay out to the Participant his benefit as if the Participant had terminated employment as of the effective date of the complete termination. Such complete termination of the Agreement shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions:
  (i)   The Administrator may terminate the Plan within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
 
  (ii)   The Board may terminate the Plan by Board action taken within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control (but not following a Change in Control), provided that the Plan shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Participant and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements

7


 

      within 12 months of the date of the termination of the arrangements. For these purposes, “Change in Control” shall be defined in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.
  (iii)   The Board may terminate the Plan provided that (A) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank or Company, (B) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Participant covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated; (C) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement; (D) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (E) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Participant participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.
      8.  Miscellaneous
          8.1 Unfunded Plan . This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. However, the Employer may elect to fund for the benefits of Participants as described in Section 8.3 below. This Plan will continue to be unfunded for tax purposes and Title I of ERISA even if benefits are funded by the Employer under Section 8.3 below.
          8.2 Unsecured General Creditor . The Participant and his Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Employer, nor shall they be beneficiaries of, or have any rights, claims or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Employer. Such policies or other assets of the Employer shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants, their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of Employer under this Plan. Any and all of the Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer. The Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future.
          8.3 Trust Fund . The Employer shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. At its discretion, the Employer may establish one (1) or more rabbi trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for

8


 

payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such rabbi trust, the Employer shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Employer.
          8.4 Nonassignability . Neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
          8.5 Expenses of Plan . All expenses of the Plan will be paid by the Employer.
          8.6 Payment of Employment and Code Section 409A Taxes . Any distribution under this Plan shall be reduced by the amount of any taxes required to be withheld from such distribution. This Plan shall permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment to pay employment related taxes as permitted under Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-3(j) or to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder. In the latter case, such payments shall not exceed the amount required to be included in income as the result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.
          8.7 Acceleration of Payments . Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Plan, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank, in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the United States Treasury Department. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with requirements and conditions of the Treasury Regulations (or subsequent guidance) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the Federal government; (iii) in compliance with ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cash-outs (but not in excess of the limit under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B)); (v) in the case of certain distributions to avoid a non-allocation year under Code Section 409(p); (vi) to apply certain offsets in satisfaction of a debt of the Participant to the Bank; (vii) in satisfaction of certain bona fide disputes between the Participant and the Bank; or (viii) for any other purpose set forth in the Treasury Regulations and subsequent guidance.
          8.8 Participation by Subsidiaries and Affiliates . If any employer is now or hereafter becomes a subsidiary or affiliated company of the Employer and its employees participate in the ESOP, the Board of Directors may authorize such subsidiary or affiliated company to participate in this Plan upon appropriate action by such employer necessary to adopt the Plan.

9


 

          8.9 Delivery of Elections to Committee . All elections, designation, requests, notices, instructions and other communications required or permitted under the Plan from the Employer, a Participant, Beneficiary or other person to the Committee shall be on the appropriate form, shall be mailed by first-class mail or delivered to such address as shall be specified by such Committee, and shall be deemed to have been given or delivered only upon actual receipt thereof by such Committee at such location.
          8.10 Delivery of Notice to Participants . All notices, statements, reports and other communications required or permitted under the Plan from the Employer or the Committee to any Officer, Participant, Beneficiary or other person, shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered to, or when mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such person at this address last appearing on the records of the Committee.
      9.  Construction of the Plan
          9.1 Construction of the Plan . The provisions of this Plan shall be construed, regulated, and administered according to the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not superseded by Federal law.
          9.2 Counterparts . This Plan has been established by the Employer in accordance with the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original. All the counterparts shall constitute one instrument, which may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.
          9.3 Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

10


 

NORTHFIELD BANK
Exhibit A
     
Participant   Date of Participation
John W. Alexander
  November 7, 2007
Kenneth J. Doherty
  November 7, 2007
Steven M. Klein
  November 7, 2007

A-1

 

Exhibit 10.5
NORTHFIELD BANK
2007 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION
Northfield Bank (the Bank) has adopted the following guidelines for the 2007 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the Plan).
(1)   Bank executives (executive vice president and above) are defined as Participants in the Plan and are eligible for base awards based upon the guidelines detailed below.
 
(2)   The maximum base award is 10 percent of an individual executive’s base salary.
 
(3)   The Compensation Committee has the discretion to recommend additional bonus payments for individual performance that is deemed to warrant additional recognition.
 
(4)   The Compensation Committee will review Participant performance and recommend all base awards and discretionary bonus payments for approval by the Board of Directors.
Budgeted net income will be based upon the board approved budget and actual results may be adjusted, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, for unusual or non-recurring items. Actual results will be adjusted by the affect of the IPO proceeds and related charges on 2007 net income, as such amounts were not considered in the preparation of the 2007 board approved budget.
(5)   The Bank’s performance goals, with the provided weighting in the evaluation, are listed below. Detailed items after each goal are key initiatives to attain the goal.
  1.   Removal of 2005 regulatory agreement (10% weighting)
  a.   Attain a satisfactory Safety and Soundness Examination-Alexander, Doherty, Widmer, Klein
 
  b.   Formalize a company-wide training program for BSA/AML- Widmer
 
  c.   Enhance BSA policies and procedures for updated regulatory guidance.-Widmer
 
  d.   Automate of BSA monitoring processes-Widmer
  2.   Attainment of 2007 net income at or better than 90% of board approved budget (70% weighting)
  a.   Evaluate Branch Staffing Efficiency — Widmer
 
  b.   Established goals and targets for checking deposit and Invest product sales- Widmer, Alexander
 
  c.   Maintain deposit product pricing disciplines-Alexander, Klein, Doherty, Widmer
 
  d.   Expand Product Offerings- Demand Money Market Accounts-Widmer, Alexander
  3.   Completion of the Initial Pubic Offering (10% weighting)
  a.   Draft and review of S-1 Prospectus-Klein, Alexander, Doherty Widmer

 


 

NORTHFIELD BANK
2007 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION
Page -2-
  b.   Implement Stock Employee Benefit Plans (ESOP and 401(k)-Alexander, Klein, Doherty, Widmer
 
  c.   Revise Charters and By-Laws-Alexander, Klein, Doherty, Widmer
 
  d.   Establish Charitable Foundation-Alexander, Klein, Doherty, Widmer
 
  e.   Manage of Due Diligence Process-Widmer, Klein, Alexander, Doherty
 
  f.   Develop public company reporting infrastructure-Klein, Doherty, Widmer, Alexander
 
  g.   Develop Stock Information Center-Widmer, Klein
 
  h.   Review of Regulatory Business Plan-Alexander, Doherty, Klein, Widmer
  4.   Formalization of Strategic business plan (10% weighting)
  a.   Open Brooklyn Branch- Alexander, Widmer, Doherty, Klein
 
  b.   Create Staff Position for Corporate Governance and Investor Relations-Alexander, Klein
 
  c.   Create new Home Equity Loan Department-Doherty
 
  d.   Develop policies and procedures to implement regulatory guidance on commercial real estate concentration guidance-Doherty
 
  e.   Automate credit administration function-Doherty
 
  f.   Develop and Implement Remote Deposit Capture-Widmer, Alexander, Doherty, Klein
 
  g.   Identify de novo branch locations-Alexander, Widmer, Doherty, Klein
 
  h.   Identify appropriate space for corporate headquarters- Alexander, Widmer, Doherty, Klein
*****

 

 

Exhibit 10.7
NORTHFIELD BANK
 
Resolutions of the Board of Directors
 
      WHEREAS , RSGroup Trust Company entered into a Grantor Trust Agreement (the “Trust”) with Northfield Bank (formerly, Northfield Savings Bank) and Northfield Bancorp, MHC (formerly, NSB Holding Corp.) ( the “Company”); and
      WHEREAS , the Bank desires to revise Appendix A to the Trust to delete references to the “ NSB Holding Corp. and Northfield Savings Bank Board of Trustees and Board of Directors Deferred Compensation Plan ” and the “ Northfield Savings Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ,” which plans were previously consolidated into the Northfield Savings Bank Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan”; and
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors desires to change the name of the Northfield Savings Bank Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan to the “ Northfield Bank Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan ” to reflect the Bank’s name change, and
      WHEREAS , the Bank desires to further revise Appendix A to the Trust to add “ Northfield Bank Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 ” and “ Northfield Bank Non-qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 2007 ” to the list of plans covered by the Trust; and
      WHEREAS , Section 12(a) of the Trust permits the Trust to be amended from time to time by a written instrument executed by the trustee, the Bank and the Company.
      NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED , that the names “Northfield Savings Bank” and “NSB Holding Corp.” shall be changed to “Northfield Bank” and “Northfield Bancorp, MHC” wherever they appear in the Northfield Savings Bank Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005; and be it
      RESOLVED FURTHER , that Appendix A attached hereto shall be and become the Appendix A to the Trust; and be it
      RESOLVED, FURTHER , that the Bank or its designee shall be, and the same hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all action necessary for the implementation of the aforesaid amendment.

 


 

NORTHFIELD BANCORP, MHC
 
Resolutions of the Board of Directors
 
      WHEREAS , RSGroup Trust Company entered into a Grantor Trust Agreement (the “Trust”) with Northfield Bank (formerly, Northfield Savings Bank) (the “Bank”) and Northfield Bancorp, MHC (formerly, NSB Holding Corp.) (the “Company”); and
      WHEREAS , the Company desires to revise Appendix A to the Trust to delete references to “ NSB Holding Corp. and Northfield Savings Bank Board of Trustees and Board of Directors Deferred Compensation Plan ” and the “ Northfield Savings Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ,” which plans were previously consolidated into the Northfield Savings Bank Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan”; and
      WHEREAS , the Company desires to further revise Appendix A to the Trust to add “ Northfield Bank Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 ” and “ Northfield Bank Non-qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 2007 ” to the list of plans covered by the Trust; and
      WHEREAS , Section 12(a) of the Trust permits the Trust to be amended from time to time by a written instrument executed by the trustee, the Bank and the Company.
      NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED , that Appendix A attached hereto shall be and become the Appendix A to the Trust; and be it
      RESOLVED, FURTHER , that the Company or its designee shall be, and the same hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed to take any and all action necessary for the implementation of the aforesaid amendment.

 


 

APPENDIX A
SCHEDULE OF PLANS UNDER
RS GROUP TRUST COMPANY
GRANTOR TRUST
Northfield Bank Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005
Northfield Bank Non-qualified Supplemental ESOP Plan, effective January 1, 2007

 

 

Exhibit 10.11
(NORTHFIELD LOGO)
2008 Management Incentive Plan
December 5, 2007

 


 

Management Incentive Plan (MIP)
Introduction and Objectives
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.’s Management Incentive Plan (the “MIP” or the “Plan”) is designed to recognize and reward designated management team members for their collective contributions to the performance and success of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or the “Bank”). The Plan focuses on the financial and key performance measures that are critical to the Company’s growth and profitability. The MIP serves as a critical component of a competitive total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain talent needed to drive the Company’s future success.
Objectives of the plan include:
  Align management compensation with Company performance.
 
  Provide clear focus on key strategic business objectives.
 
  Position the Company’s total cash compensation to be competitive with market.
 
  Enable the Company to attract and retain the talent needed to drive success.
 
  Motivate and reward management for achieving/exceeding performance goals.
 
  Encourage teamwork across the Company’s operating groups.
Eligibility/Participation
  Eligibility will be limited to key members of management and key employees. Participants will be nominated by management and approved by the Compensation Committee.
 
  New employees must be hired by July 1 to participate in that year’s incentive. Incentive awards for employees hired between January 1 and July 1 will be pro-rated based on the employee’s date of hire (i.e. base salary actually earned in the year). Participants must maintain a satisfactory level of performance to be eligible for an incentive award.
 
  Participants must be an active employee as of the award payout date to receive an award, unless they are out on disability, in which case they will receive a pro-rata award.
Performance Period
The performance period and plan operate on a calendar year basis (January 1 - December 31).

2


 

Incentive Award Opportunity
Each participant will have a target incentive opportunity that is expressed as a percentage of base salary. Incentive targets are based on the Company’s philosophy to pay competitive cash compensation at approximately the 65 th percentile of the compensation committee determined peer group. The 2008 incentive targets consider market practice and the Company’s current base salary levels. For 2008, all participants will have a 10% of base salary target incentive opportunity (range of 5% — 20% of base salary).
Achieving all performance goals will generally result in a full target award. Actual payouts will vary above and below the target incentive to reflect actual performance relative to the goals and weights. The Compensation Committee retains the discretion to determine awards relative to goals and may consider other factors in making the award (e.g. extraordinary events).
The total incentive opportunity and range is summarized below. These are subject to change based on market practice, internal Company practices, and compensation philosophy.
                                 
    2008 Annual Incentive as a % of Base Salary
    (in future years these targets may change and be different by tier)
    Below   Threshold   Target   Stretch
Positions   Threshold   Performance   Performance   Performance
CEO
    0 %     5 %     10 %     15 %
EVP
    0 %     5 %     10 %     15 %
SVP
    0 %     5 %     10-15 %     15-20 %
Incentive Plan Measures
For 2008, the Corporate performance goal will be budgeted Net Income (before taxes). A significant portion of all participants’ incentive will be based on our overall corporate performance. This performance measure reflects our becoming a public company and the need during the transition to focus on Company’s growth and profitability. This approach also supports our desire to foster a collaborative team-oriented culture among our senior leadership team. The Compensation Committee, at its sole discretion, may determine to exclude from actual 2008 performance results, items that are considered non-recurring in nature, and not suitable for consideration in measuring 2008 financial performance against 2008 budgeted net income (before taxes). In the future, we may focus on other key corporate performance goals. In addition to corporate performance, individual/division performance goals will also be considered.
Below is a summary of the weighting of awards based on Corporate and Individual/Divison Goals:
                 
    Corporate   Individual/Division
Role   Performance   Performance
CEO
    85 %     15 %
EVP
    75 %     25 %
SVP
    40% - 60 %     60% - 40 %

3


 

Goal Setting
The Corporate Performance goal will be recommended by the Compensation Committee as part of the Board’s annual business planning process, and approved by the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee will approve the performance range and weights associated with the Corporate Performance goal.
The 2008 Corporate Net Income (before taxes) goal will have a defined threshold, target and stretch performance and payout range. For example, Net Income (before taxes) must be at least 90% of the budgeted goal in order to pay out any award. At 90% of budget, the payout will be 50% of the incentive portion allocated to net income. Once threshold performance is achieved, the award will increase incrementally. The payout ranges are shown below. Performance in between levels will be interpolated, at the Compensation Committees discretion, such that incremental increases in net income result in incremental increases in awards.
             
        Incentive Payout
Performance       (for portion based on
Level   Performance Goal   Corporate performance)
Below Threshold
  Less than 90% of budget     0 %
Threshold
  90% of budgeted NI before taxes     50 %
Target
  Budgeted NI before taxes     100 %
Stretch
  120% or greater of budgeted NI before taxes     150 %
Individual/Division goals will be developed and recommended by management and determined and approved by the Compensation Committee at the start of the fiscal year. Generally, Individual goals should be limited to no more than three goals that reflect critical financial and strategic goals. Some possible examples include: deposit growth, loan growth, efficiency. Each goal should have a defined target. Payout relative to the target will be determined by management and the Compensation Committee.
Award Payouts
Payouts will be made in cash as soon as possible after year-end. Generally, payouts will occur within 75 days following the close of the fiscal year. Awards are calculated based on actual performance relative to target. Payouts will be based on percentage of base salary earnings (actual earnings) for the year. This will allow for ease of calculation of incentives to reflect participants who work a partial year or part time hours.

4


 

Plan Terms and Conditions
Plan Authorization
The Plan is authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company and administered by the Compensation Committee.
Program Changes or Discontinuance
The Company has developed this plan based on current objectives and business conditions. The Plan was developed based on existing business, market and economic conditions; current services; and staff assignments. If substantial changes occur that affect these conditions, services, assignments, or forecasts, the Company may add to, amend, modify, or discontinue any of the terms or conditions of the Plan at any time.
The Compensation Committee may, at its sole discretion, waive, change, or amend the Plan as it deems appropriate. The Committee, at its sole discretion, may increase or decrease an award based upon its consideration of a Plan participant’s performance or achievements.
Termination of Employment
If a Plan participant leaves or is terminated by the Company before awards are paid, no incentive award will be paid. Participants must be an active employee of the Company on the date the incentive is paid to receive an award. (See exceptions for death, and disability below.)
Disability or Death
If a participant is disabled by an accident or illness, his/her bonus award for the Plan period will be prorated so that the award is based on the period of active employment only (i.e. the award will be reduced by the period of time of disability).
In the event of death, the Company will pay to the participant’s estate the pro rata portion of the award that had been earned by the participant as of the date of death.
Ethics and Interpretation
If there is any ambiguity as to the meaning of any terms or provisions of this Plan or any questions as to the correct interpretation of any information contained therein, the Company’s interpretation expressed by the Compensation Committee will be final and binding.
The altering, inflating, and/or inappropriate manipulation of performance/financial results or any other infraction of recognized ethical business standards, will subject the employee to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. In addition, any incentive compensation as provided by the Plan to which the employee would otherwise be entitled will be revoked.
The Company may recover incentive income if an incentive award was based on performance that was subsequently subject to a restatement or where performance targets were later reasonably determined to have not been achieved. In such a situation, the Company retains the

5


 

right to seek recovery of part or the entire incentive award paid to senior executive officers (i.e. named executives).
Miscellaneous
The Plan will not be deemed to give any participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company nor will the Plan interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any participant at any time.
The Compensation Committee will determine on at least an annual basis, those employees of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries that will be eligible to participate in the Plan.
In the absence of an authorized, written employment contract, the relationship between employees and the Company is one of at-will employment. The Plan does not alter the relationship. The Plan will not supersede any specific employment contract obligations the Company may have with a Plan participant.
This Plan and the transactions and payments hereunder shall, in all respect, be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with applicable governmental laws and regulations.
Each provision in this Plan is severable, and if any provision is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not, in any way, be affected or impaired thereby.

6


 

Example
Below is an illustration of a simple plan design for an employee with a base salary of $150,000 and an incentive target of 10% of base salary ($15,000). Goals are for illustration purposes only.
                                         
Participant Goals   Performance and Payout
    Performance Goal                       Payout    
Performance   threshold/target/stretch                   Actual   Allocation    
Measure   (may be absolute or relative)   Wt   $   Performance   (0% - 150%)   Payout ($)
Net Income
  TBD     75 %   $ 11,250     Between Threshold and Target (i.e. 95% of goal)     75 %   $ 8,437.50  
Deposit Growth
  TBD     15 %   $ 2,250     Threshold     50 %   $ 1,125  
Loan Growth
  TBD     10 %   $ 1,500     Below Threshold     0 %   $ 0  
TOTAL         100 %   $ 15,000             63.75% payout
  $ 9,562.50  
This participant’s payout of $9,562.50 is approximately 64% of target. The payout reflects the Company’s performance between threshold and target, and individual performance at threshold or below.
This illustration shows a simplified calculation. In practice, actual performance and payout would be interpolated and pro-rated between payout levels (i.e. not just at 50%, 100% or 150%).

7

 

Exhibit 23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Northfield Bancorp, Inc.:
 
We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statement No. 333-147500 on Form S-8, of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. (the Company), of our report dated March 24, 2008, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Northfield Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, which report is included in the December 31, 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.
 
/s/   KPMG LLP
 
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 24, 2008

 

Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, John W. Alexander, certify that:
 
1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.;
 
2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
c) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  John W. Alexander
John W. Alexander
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: March 26, 2008

 

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Steven M. Klein, certify that:
 
1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Northfield Bancorp, Inc.;
 
2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
c) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Steven M. Klein
Steven M. Klein
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
Date: March 26, 2008

 

Exhibit 32
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
John W. Alexander, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Northfield Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation (the “Company”) and Steven M. Klein, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each certify in his capacity as an officer of the Company that he has reviewed the report on 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “Report”) and that to best of his knowledge:
 
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/ John W. Alexander
John W. Alexander
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Dated: March 26, 2008
 
/s/ Steven M. Klein
Steven M. Klein
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
Dated: March 26, 2008
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.